1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14647 32001))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil
)
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil
)
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
256 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
310 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
311 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14707 20012))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
355 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil
)
362 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil
)
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil
)
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
381 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
382 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
386 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
387 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14723 62215))
388 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
389 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
391 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
392 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
393 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
394 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
395 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
396 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
398 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
400 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
402 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
406 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
407 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
410 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
411 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
412 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
414 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
415 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
416 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
420 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
421 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
422 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
423 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
426 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
427 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
428 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
429 as the first thing on a line.")
431 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
432 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
434 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
435 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
437 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
438 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
440 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
441 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
443 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
444 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
446 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
447 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
449 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
450 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
451 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
453 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
454 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
455 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
457 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
458 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
460 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
461 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
462 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
463 put in the appointments list.
467 10:00am group meeting
468 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
469 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
470 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
474 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
475 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14671
477 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
479 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
480 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
482 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
484 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
485 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
486 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
487 normal variables." t nil
)
489 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
491 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
492 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
493 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
494 noninteractive functions.
496 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
497 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
499 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
500 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
501 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
502 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
503 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
505 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
506 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
507 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
508 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
509 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
511 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
512 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
513 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
514 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
516 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
520 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14665
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
524 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
525 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
526 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
527 Letters no longer insert themselves.
528 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
529 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
531 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
532 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
535 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
539 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
542 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
543 Major mode for editing arrays.
545 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
546 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
547 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
549 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
551 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
552 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
553 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
555 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
556 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
557 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
558 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
561 Variables you assign:
562 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
563 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
564 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
565 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
566 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
567 row numbers in the buffer.
569 Variables which are calculated:
570 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
571 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
573 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
574 take a numeric prefix argument):
576 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
577 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
578 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
579 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
581 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
582 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
583 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
584 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
586 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
587 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
588 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
589 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
591 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
592 between that of point and mark.
594 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
595 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
597 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
598 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
599 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
600 newlines inside rows)
602 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
604 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
608 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
612 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
613 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
614 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
616 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
617 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
618 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
619 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
621 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
622 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
624 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
625 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
627 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
635 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
637 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
639 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
642 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
643 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
647 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
648 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
649 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
651 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
652 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
653 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
655 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
656 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
657 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
658 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
659 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
660 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
663 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
664 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
665 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
666 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
667 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
669 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
671 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
672 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
673 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
674 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
675 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
676 &c to supply digit arguments.
678 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
682 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
683 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
686 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
687 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
691 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
692 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
693 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
695 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
696 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
697 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
699 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
700 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
701 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
702 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
704 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
705 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
706 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
707 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
709 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
710 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
714 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
715 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
716 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
719 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
720 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
721 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
723 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
724 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
725 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
727 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
728 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
729 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
733 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
734 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
735 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
736 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
738 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
739 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
741 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
744 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
745 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
747 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
748 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
750 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
752 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
754 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
755 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
757 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
758 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
759 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
761 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
762 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
764 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
765 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
767 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
768 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
770 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
771 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
772 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
776 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
777 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14659 22945))
778 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
780 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
781 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
782 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
784 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
786 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
788 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
790 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
791 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
792 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
793 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
795 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
796 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
797 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
799 Effects of the different modes:
800 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
801 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
802 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
803 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
804 a random distance & direction.
805 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
806 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
807 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
809 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
811 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
812 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
813 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
817 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
821 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
822 Major mode for editing AWK code.
823 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
824 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
825 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
827 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
828 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
833 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
836 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
837 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
839 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
840 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
844 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
845 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
846 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
847 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
849 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
851 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
855 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
856 ;;;;;; (14693 50816))
857 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
859 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
860 Display battery status information in the echo area.
861 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
862 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
864 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
865 Display battery status information in the mode line.
866 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
867 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
868 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
873 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
877 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
878 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
880 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
881 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
882 version information already added. You just need to add a description
883 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
887 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
889 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
890 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
891 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
892 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
893 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
895 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
896 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
897 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
898 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
899 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
900 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
902 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
903 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
911 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
912 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
913 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
914 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
915 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
916 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
921 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
922 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
923 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
925 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
926 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
927 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
929 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
930 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
932 The following may be of interest as well:
940 bibtex-complete-string
942 bibtex-print-help-message
943 bibtex-generate-autokey
944 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
946 bibtex-reposition-window
948 bibtex-ispell-abstract
950 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
959 bibtex-field-delimiters
960 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
961 bibtex-include-OPTkey
962 bibtex-user-optional-fields
964 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
965 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
966 bibtex-entry-field-alist
967 bibtex-predefined-strings
970 ---------------------------------------------------------
971 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
974 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
978 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
980 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
982 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
983 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
988 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
989 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
990 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
991 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
992 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
997 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
998 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1001 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1004 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1005 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1007 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1008 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1010 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1011 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1012 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1013 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1014 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1015 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1019 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1021 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1022 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1023 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1024 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1026 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1027 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1028 denoted by the letter `R'.
1030 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1031 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1032 denoted by the letter `H'.
1034 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1037 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1038 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1039 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1040 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1041 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1042 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1045 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1046 degree deflection it causes.
1049 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1050 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1051 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1052 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1054 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1055 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1056 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1059 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1060 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1063 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1064 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1065 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1066 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1069 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1070 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1072 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1073 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1074 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1075 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1076 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1077 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1078 emerging from the box.
1080 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1084 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1085 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1087 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1091 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1092 a reflection." t nil
)
1096 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1098 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1099 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1100 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1101 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1103 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1104 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1105 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1107 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1108 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1109 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1110 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1111 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1112 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1114 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1116 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1118 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1120 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1122 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1124 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1126 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1128 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1130 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1132 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1134 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1136 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1138 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1140 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook
) (function (lambda nil
(and (featurep (quote bookmark
)) bookmark-alist
(bookmark-time-to-save-p t
) (bookmark-save)))))
1142 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1143 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1144 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1145 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1146 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1147 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1148 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1149 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1154 yank successive words.
1156 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1157 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1158 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1159 name of the file being visited.
1161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1162 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1163 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1172 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1173 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1174 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1175 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1178 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1179 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1180 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1181 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1183 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1184 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1185 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1186 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1188 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1190 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1191 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1192 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1193 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1195 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1196 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1197 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1199 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1200 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1203 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1204 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1205 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1206 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1207 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1210 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1211 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1212 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1213 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1214 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1215 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1216 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1217 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1219 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1220 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1221 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1223 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1224 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1225 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1226 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1229 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1230 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1231 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1232 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1233 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1235 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1236 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1237 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1238 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1240 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1241 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1242 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1243 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1244 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1247 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1248 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1249 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1250 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1251 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1254 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1255 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1256 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1257 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1259 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1260 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1261 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1262 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1263 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1265 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1267 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1269 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1270 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1276 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1277 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1278 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1280 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1281 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1282 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1283 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1284 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1287 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1288 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1289 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1291 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1292 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1293 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1295 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1296 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1297 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1299 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1300 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1301 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1302 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1303 prompts for NEWNAME.
1304 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1305 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1306 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1308 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1309 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1312 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1313 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1314 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1316 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1317 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1318 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1319 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1320 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1321 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1323 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1324 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1325 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1327 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1329 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1331 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1333 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1335 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1337 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1339 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1341 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1343 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1345 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1347 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1349 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1353 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1358 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1359 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1360 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1361 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
1362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1364 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1365 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1366 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1367 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1369 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1370 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1371 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1372 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1373 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1375 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1376 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1377 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1378 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1379 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1381 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1382 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1384 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1385 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1386 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1388 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1389 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1391 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1392 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1393 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1394 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1395 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1396 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1398 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1399 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1400 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1401 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1405 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1408 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1411 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1412 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1413 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1415 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1416 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1417 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1418 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1420 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1421 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1422 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1423 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1424 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1427 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1428 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1430 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1431 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1433 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1434 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1435 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1436 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1438 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1439 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1441 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1442 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1444 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1445 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1446 program is invoked according to the variable
1447 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1449 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1450 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1451 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1452 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1457 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1458 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1459 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1461 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1462 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1463 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1464 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1466 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1467 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1468 Default to the URL around or before point.
1470 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1471 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1472 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1475 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1482 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1483 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1484 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1486 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1487 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1488 Default to the URL around or before point.
1490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1491 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1492 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1497 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1498 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1499 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1500 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1502 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1503 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1504 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1505 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1506 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1508 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1509 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1510 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1511 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1514 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1515 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1516 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1521 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1522 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1523 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1525 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1526 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1527 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1528 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1529 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1533 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1534 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1535 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1540 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1541 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1542 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1543 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1544 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1545 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1553 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1554 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1556 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1557 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1562 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1565 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1566 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1567 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1568 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1570 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1571 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1572 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1573 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1575 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1576 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1590 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1594 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1595 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1596 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1597 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14647 32029))
1598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1600 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1601 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1602 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1604 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1605 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1606 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1607 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1609 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1610 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1611 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1612 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1614 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1616 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1617 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1619 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1620 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1621 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1622 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1623 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1626 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1627 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1628 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1630 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1631 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1632 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1634 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1635 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1636 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1637 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1638 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1639 all functions called by those functions.
1641 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1642 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1645 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1646 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1647 invoked interactively." t nil)
1649 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1650 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1651 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1652 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1653 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1656 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1657 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1658 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1659 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1664 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1666 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1668 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1673 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1676 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1677 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1678 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1679 from the cursor position." t nil)
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1687 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1688 Run the pocket calculator.
1689 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1694 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1695 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1696 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1697 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1698 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1699 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1700 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1701 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1702 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1703 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1704 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1705 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1706 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1707 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1708 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1709 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1710 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1712 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1713 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1714 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1716 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1717 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1718 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1719 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1722 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1723 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1724 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1725 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1726 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1728 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1729 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1730 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1731 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1732 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1733 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1734 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1736 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1737 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1738 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1739 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1740 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1742 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1743 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1744 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1746 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1747 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1748 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1750 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1751 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1752 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1754 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1755 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1756 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1759 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1760 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1761 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1763 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1764 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1765 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1767 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1769 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1770 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1771 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1773 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1776 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1777 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1778 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1780 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1783 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1784 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1785 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1787 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1788 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1789 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1790 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1791 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1793 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1794 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1795 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1796 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1798 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1799 a function is also provided for this:
1800 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1802 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1803 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1804 date is not visible in the window.
1806 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1807 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1808 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1810 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1811 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1813 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1814 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1815 date is visible in the window.
1817 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1818 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1819 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1821 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1822 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1826 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1828 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1830 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1831 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1833 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1841 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1842 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1843 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1844 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1845 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1846 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1847 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1848 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1851 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1852 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1853 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1861 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1862 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1864 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1865 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1866 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1867 window but will appear in a diary window.
1869 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1870 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1872 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1873 entries (in the default American style):
1875 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1876 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1877 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1879 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1880 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1881 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1882 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1883 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1884 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1885 &* 15 time cards due.
1887 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1888 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1889 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1893 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1894 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1895 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1896 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1897 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1898 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1900 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1901 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1902 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1904 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1906 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1908 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1909 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1910 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1911 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1912 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1913 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1914 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1915 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1916 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1918 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1919 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1920 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1921 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1922 for these functions for details.
1924 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1925 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1927 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1928 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1930 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1933 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1934 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1936 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1937 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1938 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1940 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1941 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1942 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1944 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1945 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1946 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1947 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1949 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1950 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1951 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1952 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1960 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1961 characters with or without a period.")
1963 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1964 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1965 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1967 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1968 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1969 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1971 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1972 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1973 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1975 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1976 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1977 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1979 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1980 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1981 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1982 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1983 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1984 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1986 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1987 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1988 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1990 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1991 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1992 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1995 #include \"filename\"
1997 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1998 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1999 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2000 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2001 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2003 For example, you could use
2005 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2006 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2007 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2009 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2010 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2011 lexicographic order.")
2013 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2014 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2015 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2017 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2018 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2019 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2022 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2023 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2024 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2025 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2026 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2027 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2028 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2030 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2031 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2032 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2033 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2034 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2035 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2036 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2037 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2039 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2040 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2041 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2042 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2043 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2044 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2046 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2047 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2049 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2050 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2051 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2053 #include \"filename\"
2054 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2055 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2056 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2057 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2058 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2060 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2061 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2062 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2063 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2064 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2065 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2067 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2068 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2069 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2072 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2073 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2074 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2075 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2076 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2078 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2080 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2081 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2084 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2086 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2088 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2090 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2092 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2096 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2098 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2099 *User defined holidays.
2100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2102 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2104 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2106 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2108 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2110 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2112 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2114 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2116 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2118 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2120 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2122 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2124 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2126 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2127 *Christian holidays.
2128 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2130 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2132 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2136 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2138 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2139 *Sun-related holidays.
2140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2142 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2144 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2145 The frame set up of the calendar.
2146 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2147 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2148 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2149 any other value the current frame is used.")
2151 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2152 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2153 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 6817))
2158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2160 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2161 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2163 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2164 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2166 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2167 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2169 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2170 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2172 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2173 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2175 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2176 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2180 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2181 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2182 ;;;;;; (14716 6857))
2183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2185 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2187 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2188 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2189 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2190 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2191 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2192 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2194 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2196 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2197 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2201 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2203 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2204 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2206 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2207 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2208 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2213 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2214 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2215 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2218 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2220 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2221 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2223 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2230 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2231 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2235 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2237 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2238 Major mode for editing Java code.
2239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2240 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2241 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2247 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2248 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2249 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2250 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2251 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2254 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2256 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2257 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2259 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2266 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2267 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2268 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2271 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2273 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2276 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2283 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2284 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2285 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2288 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2292 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2293 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 6903))
2294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2296 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2297 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2298 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2299 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2300 for details of setting up styles.
2302 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2305 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2306 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2307 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2308 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2311 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2312 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2313 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2315 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2316 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2317 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2318 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2320 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2322 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2323 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2324 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2327 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2328 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2329 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2330 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 6917))
2335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2337 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2338 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2339 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2340 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2341 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2343 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2344 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2346 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2351 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2352 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2353 ;;;;;; (14652 49268))
2354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2357 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2359 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2360 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2362 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2363 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2365 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2366 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2367 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2368 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2371 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2373 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2374 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2375 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2376 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2378 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2379 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2380 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2381 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2382 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2383 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2385 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2386 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2387 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2391 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2396 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2397 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2398 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2399 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2402 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2403 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2404 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2405 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2408 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2409 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2410 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2411 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2412 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2413 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2414 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2416 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2417 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2418 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2419 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2420 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2421 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2422 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2423 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2425 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2426 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2427 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2428 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2429 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2433 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2434 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2435 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2437 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2438 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2439 Only documentation strings are checked.
2440 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2441 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2442 a separate buffer." t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2445 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2446 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2447 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2448 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2451 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2452 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2453 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2455 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2458 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2459 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2463 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2464 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2465 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2467 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2468 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2469 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2470 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2471 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2472 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2474 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2475 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2476 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2477 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2479 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2480 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2481 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2482 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2485 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2486 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2487 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2489 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2490 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2491 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2492 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2494 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2495 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2496 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2497 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2500 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2501 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2502 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2505 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2506 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2507 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2510 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2511 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2512 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2514 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2515 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2516 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2517 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2520 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2521 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2523 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2524 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2525 checking of documentation strings.
2527 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2532 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2536 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2537 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2538 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2540 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2541 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2543 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2544 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2545 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2547 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2548 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2552 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2553 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2554 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2556 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2557 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2558 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2559 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2560 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2561 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2563 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2564 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2565 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2566 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2567 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2569 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2571 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2572 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2573 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2574 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2575 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2577 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2578 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2579 \\{command-history-map}
2581 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2582 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2589 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2590 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2591 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2592 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2593 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2594 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2596 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2597 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2602 ;;;;;; (14671 47557))
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2605 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2609 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2610 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2613 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2614 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2615 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2616 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2618 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2619 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2620 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2622 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2623 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2627 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2629 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2631 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2632 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2633 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2634 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2635 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2636 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2638 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2642 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2643 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2644 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 1500))
2645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2647 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2648 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2649 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2652 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2653 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2654 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2655 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2657 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2658 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2659 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2661 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2662 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2663 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2665 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2666 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2667 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2669 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2670 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2672 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2673 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2674 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2676 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2677 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2679 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2680 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2682 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2683 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2684 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2688 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2689 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2690 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14703 12325))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2693 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2694 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2695 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2696 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2697 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2698 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2699 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2700 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2702 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2704 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2705 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2706 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2707 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2708 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2709 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2711 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2712 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2713 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2715 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2717 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2718 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2719 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2721 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2723 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2724 Send COMMAND to current process.
2725 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2726 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2728 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2729 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2730 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2731 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2735 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2737 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2739 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2740 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2741 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2742 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2744 This command pushes the mark in each window
2745 at the prior location of point in that window.
2746 If both windows display the same buffer,
2747 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2748 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2750 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2751 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2752 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2756 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2757 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2758 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2759 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14726 56342))
2760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2762 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2763 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2765 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2766 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2768 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2769 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2770 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2771 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2772 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2774 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2775 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2776 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2777 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2778 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2780 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2781 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2782 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2783 describing how the process finished.")
2785 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2786 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2787 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2788 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2790 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2791 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2792 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2794 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2795 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2796 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2797 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2799 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2800 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2801 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2802 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2804 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2805 and move to the source code that caused it.
2807 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2808 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2810 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2811 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2812 Then start the next one.
2814 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2815 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2816 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2819 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2820 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2821 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2822 where grep found matches.
2824 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2825 easily repeat a grep command.
2827 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2828 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2829 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2830 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2832 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2833 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2834 Collect output in a buffer.
2835 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2836 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2838 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2839 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2841 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2842 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2843 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2844 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2845 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2847 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2849 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2850 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2851 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2852 See `compilation-mode'.
2853 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2856 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2857 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2858 See `compilation-mode'.
2859 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2861 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2862 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2864 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2865 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2867 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2868 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2869 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2870 and start at the first error.
2872 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2873 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2874 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2875 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2876 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2877 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2879 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2880 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2881 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2883 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2884 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2885 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2889 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode)
2890 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14664 59525))
2891 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2893 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
2894 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2895 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2896 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2897 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2898 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
2899 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent
2900 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
2902 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
2904 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
2906 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2907 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2908 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2910 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2911 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2912 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2913 as much as possible.
2915 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2916 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2917 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2918 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2920 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2921 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2922 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2923 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2927 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2928 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2931 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2932 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2936 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2937 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2938 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2939 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2942 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2943 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2944 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2945 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2948 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2950 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2951 | | 1:tc or top-center
2952 | | 2:tr or top-right
2953 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2954 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2955 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2956 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2957 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2958 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2960 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2961 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2962 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2963 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2966 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2967 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2968 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2970 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2974 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2978 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2981 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2982 Compose characters in the current region.
2984 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2986 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2987 specifying the region.
2989 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2990 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2992 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2993 of the text in the region.
2995 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2997 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2998 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2999 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3000 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3002 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3003 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3006 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3007 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3008 text in the composition." t nil)
3010 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3011 Decompose text in the current region.
3013 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3014 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3016 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3017 Compose characters in string STRING.
3019 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3020 the characters in it.
3022 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3023 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3024 STRING respectively.
3026 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3027 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3028 `compose-region' for more detail.
3030 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3031 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3032 text in the composition." nil nil)
3034 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3035 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3037 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3038 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3039 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3040 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3041 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3042 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3043 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3044 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3046 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3047 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3049 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3050 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3052 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3053 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3055 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3056 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3058 If no composition is found, return nil.
3060 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3061 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3063 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3064 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3065 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3067 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3069 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3071 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3072 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3073 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3075 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3077 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3079 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
3081 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3082 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3084 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3085 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3086 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3087 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3088 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3090 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3091 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3093 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3094 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3096 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3097 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3098 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3099 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3100 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3101 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3102 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3105 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3107 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3108 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3110 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3112 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3114 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3115 Compose last characters.
3116 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3117 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3118 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3119 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3120 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3121 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3122 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3124 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3125 Convert CHAR to string.
3126 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3128 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3129 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3130 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3135 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14720 33845))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3138 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3139 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3140 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3142 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3143 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3144 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3146 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3147 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3148 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3149 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3151 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3152 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3156 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3157 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3160 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3161 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3162 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3163 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3164 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3165 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3167 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3168 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3173 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3176 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3177 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3178 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3179 Tab indents for Perl code.
3180 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3181 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3183 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3184 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3185 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3186 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3187 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3188 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3189 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3190 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3191 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3192 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3193 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3194 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3196 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3198 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3199 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3201 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3203 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3204 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3205 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3206 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3207 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3208 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3209 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3210 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3211 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3213 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3217 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3218 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3219 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3222 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3223 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3224 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3226 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3228 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3229 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3230 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3231 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3232 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3234 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3244 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3245 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3246 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3247 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3248 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3249 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3250 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3251 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3252 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3253 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3254 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3255 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3256 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3258 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3259 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3260 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3261 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3262 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3263 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3265 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3266 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3269 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3270 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3271 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3272 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3273 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3275 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3276 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3277 span the needed amount of lines.
3279 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3280 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3281 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3282 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3284 Variables controlling indentation style:
3285 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3286 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3288 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3289 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3290 `cperl-auto-newline'
3291 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3292 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3293 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3294 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3295 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3296 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3297 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3298 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3299 `cperl-indent-level'
3300 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3301 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3302 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3303 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3304 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3305 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3306 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3307 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3308 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3309 `cperl-brace-offset'
3310 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3311 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3312 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3313 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3314 `cperl-label-offset'
3315 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3316 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3317 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3319 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3320 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3321 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3322 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3323 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3325 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3326 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3327 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3328 \(both available from menu).
3330 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3331 column 0 is indented on
3332 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3334 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3337 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3338 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3339 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3343 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3344 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3347 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3348 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3349 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3350 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3351 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3353 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3354 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3358 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3359 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3362 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3363 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3364 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3365 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3368 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3370 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3372 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3374 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3375 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3376 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3378 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3382 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3383 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3386 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3387 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3388 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3389 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3391 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3392 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3393 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3394 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3396 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3397 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3398 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3400 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3401 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3404 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3405 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3406 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3408 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3410 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3411 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3412 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3417 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3418 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3419 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3420 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3421 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3422 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3423 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3424 ;;;;;; (14709 28106))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3426 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3428 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3429 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3431 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3432 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3434 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3435 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3437 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3439 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3440 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3442 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3443 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3445 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3446 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3448 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3449 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3451 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3452 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3454 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3456 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3457 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3459 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3461 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3462 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3464 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3465 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3467 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3468 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3470 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3472 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3473 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3474 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3475 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3476 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3478 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3479 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3481 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3482 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3484 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3486 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3489 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3490 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3491 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3492 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3493 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3495 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3496 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3499 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3501 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3502 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3503 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3505 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3506 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3507 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3509 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3510 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3512 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3513 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3515 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3516 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3518 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3519 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3520 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3521 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3522 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3523 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3524 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3526 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3527 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3528 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3530 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3531 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3533 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3534 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3536 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3537 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3538 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3539 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3540 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3541 that option." nil nil)
3543 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3544 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3545 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3546 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3547 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3548 that option." nil nil)
3550 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3551 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3553 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3554 File used for storing customization information.
3555 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3556 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3557 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3559 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3560 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3561 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3562 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3564 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3565 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3567 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3568 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3570 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3571 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3572 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3574 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3575 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3576 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3577 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3578 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3582 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3583 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14637 38156))
3584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3586 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3587 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3589 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3590 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3591 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3593 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3595 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3596 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3597 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3599 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3603 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3604 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
3605 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3607 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3608 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3613 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3616 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3617 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3619 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3620 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3621 C++ modes are included.
3623 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3625 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3631 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3632 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3634 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3638 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3639 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3640 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3643 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3644 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3646 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3647 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3649 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3650 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3651 For readability, the table is slightly
3652 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3654 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3655 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3656 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3657 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3658 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3662 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3663 ;;;;;; (14688 20006))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3666 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3668 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3670 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3671 Completion on current word.
3672 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3673 and presents suggestions for completion.
3675 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3676 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3679 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3680 then it searches *all* buffers.
3682 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3683 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3685 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3686 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3688 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3689 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3690 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3691 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3692 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3694 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3695 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3697 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3698 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3699 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3701 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3702 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3704 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3712 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3713 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3715 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3716 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3717 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3719 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3720 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3721 Data lines are not indented.
3726 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3728 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3729 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3730 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3731 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3733 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3736 Extra indentation within blocks.
3738 dcl-continuation-offset
3739 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3742 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3744 dcl-margin-label-offset
3745 Indentation for a label.
3747 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3748 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3750 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3751 dcl-block-end-regexp
3752 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3753 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3754 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3755 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3756 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3758 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3759 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3760 Two such functions are included in the package:
3761 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3762 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3764 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3765 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3766 One such function is included in the package:
3767 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3769 dcl-tab-always-indent
3770 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3771 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3774 dcl-electric-characters
3775 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3778 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3779 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3780 which words trigger electric indentation.
3783 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3784 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3785 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3787 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3788 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3789 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3790 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3792 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3793 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3794 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3795 dcl-imenu-label-call
3796 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3798 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3799 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3800 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3801 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3804 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3806 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3807 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3808 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3810 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3811 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3815 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3816 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3817 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3818 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3819 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3820 \"lined up with the command line\"
3822 Data lines are not indented at all.
3823 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3834 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3836 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3837 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3838 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3841 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3842 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3843 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3845 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3846 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3847 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3848 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3849 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3850 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3851 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3853 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3854 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3855 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3859 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3860 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3863 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3864 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3866 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3867 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3868 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3869 Upper-case letters are commands.
3871 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3874 The most useful commands are:
3875 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3876 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3877 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3878 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3879 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3880 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3884 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3885 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3888 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3889 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3891 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3893 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3894 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3896 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3904 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3905 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3906 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3907 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3908 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3909 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3911 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3915 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3916 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3917 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3918 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3919 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3920 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3921 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3922 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3923 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3924 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3925 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3926 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3928 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3929 Directories to search when finding external units.
3930 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3931 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3935 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3936 Face used to color delphi comments.
3937 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3938 Face used to color delphi strings.
3939 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3940 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3941 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3942 Face used to color everything else.
3944 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3945 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3950 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14636 62703))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3953 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3955 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3956 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3957 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3960 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3961 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3962 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3963 any selection." t nil)
3965 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3966 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3967 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3969 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3971 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3973 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3978 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3981 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3982 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3983 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3984 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3985 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3990 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
3991 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3993 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3994 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3995 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3997 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3998 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3999 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4000 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4004 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4005 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4006 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4007 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4008 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4009 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4010 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4011 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
4012 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4014 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4015 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4016 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4018 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4019 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4020 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4022 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4023 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4024 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4025 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4028 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4029 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4030 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4032 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4033 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4035 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4036 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4037 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4039 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4040 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4042 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4044 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4046 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4048 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4049 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4051 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4053 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4054 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4058 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4060 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4064 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4065 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
4066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4068 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4069 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4070 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4071 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4072 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4074 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4075 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4076 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4078 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4079 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4080 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4081 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4084 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4086 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4087 european-calendar-style t \\
4088 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4089 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4090 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4092 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4093 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4094 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4095 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4099 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4100 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4101 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4103 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4104 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4106 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4107 *The command to use to run diff.")
4109 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4110 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4111 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4112 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4113 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4115 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4116 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4117 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4118 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4119 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4123 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4124 ;;;;;; (14651 36400))
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4127 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4128 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4129 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4130 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4131 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4132 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4135 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4136 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4140 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4141 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4142 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4143 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4144 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14724 3525))
4145 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4147 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4148 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4149 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4150 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4151 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4153 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4154 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4156 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4157 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4158 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4159 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4160 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4162 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4163 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4165 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4166 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4167 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4168 always set this variable to t.")
4170 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4171 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4172 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4173 A value of t means move to first file.")
4175 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4176 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4177 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4178 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4179 are afterward marked with that character.")
4181 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4182 *Controls marking of copied files.
4183 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4184 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4186 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4187 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4188 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4189 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4191 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4192 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4193 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4194 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4196 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4197 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4198 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4199 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4201 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4203 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4204 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4205 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4206 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4208 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4209 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4210 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4211 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4212 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4213 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4214 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4215 list of files to make directory entries for.
4216 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4217 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4218 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4219 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4221 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4224 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4226 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4228 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4229 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4231 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4232 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4237 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4238 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4239 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4240 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4241 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4242 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4243 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4244 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4245 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4246 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4247 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4248 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14697 36466))
4249 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4251 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4252 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4253 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4254 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4255 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4256 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4259 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4260 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4261 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4262 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4263 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4265 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4266 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4267 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4269 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4270 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4272 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4273 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4276 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4277 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4278 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4280 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4281 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4282 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4283 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4284 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4286 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4288 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4289 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4290 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4292 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4293 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4294 instead of att the end of the command.
4296 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4297 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4298 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4300 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4301 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4303 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4304 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4306 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4307 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4308 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4309 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4310 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4311 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4313 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4315 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4316 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4318 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4319 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4321 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4322 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4324 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4325 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4326 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4327 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4329 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4331 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4333 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4335 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4337 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4339 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4340 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4342 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4343 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4344 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4345 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4346 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4347 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4348 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4351 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4352 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4353 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4354 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4355 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4357 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4358 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4359 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4360 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4361 and new hard links are made in that directory
4362 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4365 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4366 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4367 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4369 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4370 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4371 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4372 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4373 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4374 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4376 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4377 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4381 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4383 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4384 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4385 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4387 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4388 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4389 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4391 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4392 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4394 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4395 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4397 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4399 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4406 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4407 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4408 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4409 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4410 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4411 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4413 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4415 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4416 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4417 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4419 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4420 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4421 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4422 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4424 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4425 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4426 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4427 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4429 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4430 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4431 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4433 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4434 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4436 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4437 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4440 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4441 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4442 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4445 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4446 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4447 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4449 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4450 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4451 Stops when a match is found.
4452 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4454 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4455 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4456 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4457 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4458 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4460 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4461 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4462 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4463 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4468 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4470 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4471 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4472 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4473 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4474 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4475 buffer and try again." t nil)
4479 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4482 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4483 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4484 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4486 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4488 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4489 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4491 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4492 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4497 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4501 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4502 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4503 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4504 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4505 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4506 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4510 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4511 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4512 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4513 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4514 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14656 42937))
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4517 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4518 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4520 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4521 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4522 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4523 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4524 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4526 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4527 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4532 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4533 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4535 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4536 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4539 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4541 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4542 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4544 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4545 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4547 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4548 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4549 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4550 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4552 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4553 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4554 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4557 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4558 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4560 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
4561 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
4563 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4564 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4566 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4567 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4568 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4569 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4571 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4572 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4573 European character display.
4575 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4576 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4577 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4578 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4580 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4581 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4582 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4583 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4584 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4588 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4589 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4592 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4593 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4594 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4595 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4596 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4597 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4598 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4599 Default is 2." t nil)
4603 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4606 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4607 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4611 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4612 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4613 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4615 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4618 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4620 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4622 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4624 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4626 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4628 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4629 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4633 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4636 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4637 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4641 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4642 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4645 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4646 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4650 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4651 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
4652 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14659 23014))
4653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4655 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4657 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4658 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4659 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
4660 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
4662 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4663 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4664 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
4665 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4666 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4667 in order to build a valid keymap.
4668 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4669 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
4670 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
4671 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
4672 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
4673 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
4674 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
4676 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4677 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
4678 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
4679 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
4680 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
4681 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
4683 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4685 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4687 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4688 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4690 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4692 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4693 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4694 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4695 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4696 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4697 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4698 hooks for the new mode.
4700 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4702 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4704 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4705 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4706 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4708 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4709 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4711 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4712 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4713 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4715 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4716 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4720 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4721 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
4723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4725 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4726 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4727 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4728 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4730 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4731 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4735 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4740 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4741 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4745 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4746 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4748 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4750 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4752 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4754 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4755 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4757 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4758 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4760 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4762 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4764 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4768 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4769 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4770 computed automatically.
4771 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4775 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4777 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
4778 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4779 keyboard equivalent.
4783 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4784 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4788 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4789 expression has a non-nil value.
4793 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
4794 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
4798 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4802 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4803 radio: A radio button.
4804 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4805 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4807 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4811 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4812 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4816 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
4818 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4819 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4820 as a solid horizontal line.
4822 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4824 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4826 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4827 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4828 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4829 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4831 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4832 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4833 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4834 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4835 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4836 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4838 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4839 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4840 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4842 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4843 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4847 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4848 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4849 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4850 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4851 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14726 49311))
4852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4854 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4855 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4857 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4858 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4860 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4861 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4864 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4865 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4866 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4867 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4869 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4870 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4871 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4873 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4874 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4875 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4876 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4878 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4881 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4882 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4884 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4887 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4889 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4890 The EPS file name has the following form:
4892 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4894 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4895 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4897 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4898 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4899 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4900 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4902 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4905 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4907 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4908 The EPS file name has the following form:
4910 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4912 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4913 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4915 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4916 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4917 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4918 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4920 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4922 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4924 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4925 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4928 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4930 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4931 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4933 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4934 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4936 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4937 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4939 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4940 Set STYLE to current style.
4942 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4944 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4945 Reset current style.
4947 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4949 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4950 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4952 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4955 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4957 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4961 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
4962 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
4963 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
4967 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
4968 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
4969 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
4970 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
4971 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
4972 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
4974 Tree mode key bindings:
4975 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
4977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
4978 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
4980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
4981 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
4982 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
4983 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
4986 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
4987 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
4988 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
4989 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
4991 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
4992 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
4993 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
4995 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
4996 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
4997 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
4998 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5002 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5003 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5006 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5007 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5008 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5009 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5011 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5012 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5013 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5015 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5016 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5017 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5019 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5021 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5025 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5026 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
5027 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5029 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5030 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5031 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5035 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5036 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14691 20410))
5037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5039 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5040 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5041 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5042 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5043 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5045 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5046 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5047 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5048 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5050 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5051 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5052 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5053 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5055 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5056 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5057 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5058 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5060 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5062 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5063 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5064 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5065 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5066 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5070 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5071 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5072 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5073 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5074 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5075 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5076 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5077 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5078 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5079 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5082 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5083 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5085 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5086 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5088 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5090 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5092 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5093 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5095 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5097 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5098 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5100 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5103 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5104 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5105 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5107 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5109 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5110 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5111 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5112 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5114 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5116 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5117 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5118 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5119 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5121 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5123 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5124 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5125 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5126 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5128 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5130 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5131 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5132 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5133 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5134 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5135 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5137 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5138 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5139 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5140 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5142 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5144 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5145 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5146 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5147 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5149 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5151 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5153 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5154 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5155 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5157 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5158 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5160 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5161 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5162 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5164 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5165 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5167 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5168 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5169 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5170 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5171 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5174 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5175 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5176 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5177 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5178 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5180 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5182 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5183 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5185 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5186 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5188 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5190 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5191 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5193 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5194 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5196 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5197 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5198 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5202 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5203 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5206 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5207 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5208 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5209 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5211 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5212 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5213 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5214 and don't ask the user.
5215 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5216 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5218 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5219 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5221 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5223 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5225 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5226 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5227 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5228 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5230 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5232 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5233 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5234 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5236 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5237 Display Ediff's manual.
5238 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5243 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5246 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5253 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5255 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5257 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5261 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5262 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
5263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5265 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5266 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5268 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5273 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5276 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5277 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5278 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5281 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5282 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5283 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5284 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5289 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5290 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
5291 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5292 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5294 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5295 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5296 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5298 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5299 Edit a keyboard macro.
5300 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5301 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5302 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5304 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5306 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5307 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5309 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5310 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5312 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5314 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5316 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5317 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5324 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5325 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5326 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5327 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5328 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5329 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5337 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5338 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5342 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5343 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5346 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5347 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5348 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5349 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5350 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5351 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5352 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5353 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5355 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5356 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5358 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5359 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5360 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5361 this value is non-nil.
5363 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5364 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5367 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5368 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5369 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5371 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5376 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 1570))
5377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5379 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5380 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5382 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5383 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5384 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5385 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5386 from the documentation string if possible.
5388 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5391 This variable is buffer-local.")
5393 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5394 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5396 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5398 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5399 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5400 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5402 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5404 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5405 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5407 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5408 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5416 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5417 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5419 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5420 an elided material again.
5422 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5427 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5430 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5431 Initialize elint." t nil)
5435 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5436 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
5437 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
5438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5440 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5441 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5442 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5444 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5445 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5446 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5449 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5450 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5452 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5453 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5454 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5456 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5458 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5459 Display current profiling results.
5460 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5461 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5467 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5470 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5471 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5472 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5477 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5478 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5479 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5480 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 2831))
5481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5483 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5485 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5487 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5489 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5491 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5493 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5495 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5497 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5499 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5501 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5502 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5504 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5505 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5507 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5508 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5510 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5511 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5513 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5515 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5517 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5519 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5521 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5522 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5524 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5525 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5527 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5531 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5532 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
5533 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5535 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5536 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5537 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5539 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5540 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5543 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5544 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5545 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5550 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14717 41925))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5553 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5554 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5555 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5556 text/enriched format.
5557 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5559 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5560 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5564 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5566 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5568 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14679
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
5576 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
5577 Emacs shell interactive mode.
5579 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
5583 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14679
5585 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
5587 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
5588 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
5592 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
5593 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14709 28151))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
5596 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
5597 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
5598 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
5599 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
5600 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
5601 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
5602 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
5604 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
5605 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
5606 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
5608 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
5609 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
5610 The result might be any Lisp object.
5611 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
5612 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
5613 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
5615 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
5616 Report a bug in Eshell.
5617 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
5618 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
5622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5626 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5627 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14669
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5631 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5632 *File name of tags table.
5633 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5634 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5635 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5636 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5638 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5639 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5640 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5641 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5643 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5644 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5645 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5646 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5647 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5648 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5650 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5651 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5652 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5653 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5654 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5656 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5657 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5658 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5659 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5661 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5662 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5663 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5664 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5665 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5667 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5668 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5669 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5670 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5672 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5673 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5674 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5675 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5676 file the tag was in." t nil)
5678 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5679 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5680 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5681 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5682 without directory names." nil nil)
5684 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5685 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5686 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5687 but does not select the buffer.
5688 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5690 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5691 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5692 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5693 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5694 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5696 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5698 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5699 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5700 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5702 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5704 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5705 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5706 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5707 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5709 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5710 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5711 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5712 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5713 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5715 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5717 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5718 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5719 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5721 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5722 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5724 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5727 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5728 around or before point.
5730 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5731 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5732 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5733 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5734 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5736 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5738 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5739 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5740 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5742 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5743 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5745 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5746 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5747 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5748 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5749 around or before point.
5751 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5752 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5753 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5754 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5755 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5757 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5759 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5760 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5761 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5763 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5764 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5766 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5767 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5768 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5770 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5771 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5772 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5773 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5774 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5776 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5778 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5779 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5780 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5782 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5783 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5784 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5786 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5787 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5789 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5790 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5791 where they were found." t nil)
5793 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5794 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5796 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5797 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5798 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5800 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5801 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5803 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5804 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5806 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5807 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5808 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5809 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5811 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5812 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5813 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5814 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5815 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5816 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5818 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5819 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5820 Stops when a match is found.
5821 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5823 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5825 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5826 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5827 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5828 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5829 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5833 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5834 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5835 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5836 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5837 directory specification." t nil)
5839 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5840 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5842 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5843 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5844 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5845 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5847 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5848 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5849 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5850 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5851 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5856 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5857 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5858 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5859 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5860 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5861 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
5862 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
5863 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5865 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5867 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5868 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5869 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5870 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5872 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5873 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5876 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5877 even if the buffer is read-only.
5879 See also the descriptions of the variables
5880 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5881 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5883 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5884 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5889 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5890 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5893 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5894 buffer is read-only.
5896 See also the descriptions of the variables
5897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5898 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5900 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5901 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5902 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5904 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5905 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5907 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5908 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5910 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5911 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5913 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5914 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5915 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5916 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5918 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5919 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5920 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5921 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5923 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5924 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5925 the primary language.
5927 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5928 buffer is read-only.
5930 See also the descriptions of the variables
5931 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5932 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5934 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5935 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5936 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5937 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5939 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5940 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5943 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5944 buffer is read-only.
5946 See also the descriptions of the variables
5947 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5948 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5950 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5951 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5952 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5954 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5955 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5957 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5958 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5959 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5960 3) convert the body into SERA.
5962 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5964 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5965 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5966 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5968 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5969 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5971 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5972 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5974 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5975 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5978 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5979 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5980 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5982 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5984 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5985 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5987 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5988 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5989 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5991 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5992 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5995 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5997 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5998 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6000 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6001 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6003 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6004 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6006 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6007 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6009 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6010 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6015 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6016 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
6017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6019 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6020 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6021 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6022 server for future sessions." t nil)
6024 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6025 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6027 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6028 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6030 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6031 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6032 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6033 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6034 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6035 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6036 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6037 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6038 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6039 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6040 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6041 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6043 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6044 Display a form to query the directory server.
6045 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6046 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6049 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6050 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6052 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6056 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6057 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6058 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
6059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6061 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6062 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6064 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6065 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6067 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6068 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6070 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6071 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6073 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6074 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6079 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6082 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6083 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6084 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6086 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6087 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6091 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6092 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
6093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6095 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6096 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6100 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6101 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6102 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14659 23041))
6103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6105 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6106 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6107 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6109 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6110 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6111 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6112 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6113 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6116 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6117 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6118 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6120 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6121 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6122 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6123 file modes." nil nil
)
6127 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6128 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
6129 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6131 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6132 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6133 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6134 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6136 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6138 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6139 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6140 to generate such functions.
6142 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6143 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6144 beginning of the expanded text.
6146 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6147 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6148 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6149 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6151 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6153 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6154 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6155 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6157 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6158 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6159 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6160 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6161 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6165 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
6166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6168 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6169 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6171 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6172 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6173 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6175 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6180 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6183 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6185 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6187 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6189 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6191 f90-continuation-indent
6192 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6194 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6195 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6196 f90-indented-comment-re
6197 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6199 f90-directive-comment-re
6200 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6201 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6202 f90-break-delimiters
6203 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6204 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6205 f90-break-before-delimiters
6206 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6208 f90-beginning-ampersand
6209 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6211 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6212 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6213 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6214 f90-auto-keyword-case
6215 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6216 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6218 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6220 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6222 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6224 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6225 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6229 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6230 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6231 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6232 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6233 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 39146))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6235 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6236 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6238 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6239 Menu keymap for faces.")
6241 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6243 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6244 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6246 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6248 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6249 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6251 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6253 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6254 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6256 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6258 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6259 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6261 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6263 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6264 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6266 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6268 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6269 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6271 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6273 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6275 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6277 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6279 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6280 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6281 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6282 will not show through at all will be removed.
6284 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6286 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6287 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6289 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6290 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6291 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6293 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6294 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6295 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6296 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6297 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6298 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6299 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6300 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6302 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6303 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6304 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6305 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6306 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6307 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6308 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6309 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6311 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6312 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6313 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6314 is the menu item's name.
6316 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6317 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6319 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6320 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6321 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6323 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6324 Make the region invisible.
6325 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6326 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6328 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6329 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6330 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6331 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6333 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6334 Make the region unmodifiable.
6335 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6336 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6339 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6341 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6342 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6344 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6345 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6346 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6348 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6349 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6351 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6352 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6354 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6355 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6356 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6357 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6358 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6363 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6366 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6367 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6368 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6369 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6371 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6373 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6374 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6375 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6377 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6378 - When you save the file's buffer.
6379 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6380 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6381 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6382 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6384 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6386 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6387 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6388 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6389 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6391 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6392 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6394 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6398 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6399 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6400 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6403 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6404 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6406 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6407 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6408 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6409 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6411 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6412 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6413 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6414 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6415 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6417 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6418 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6419 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6420 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6421 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6422 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6423 internally by feedmail):
6425 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6426 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6427 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6428 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6430 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6431 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6432 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6433 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6434 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6438 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6439 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14637 38207))
6440 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6442 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6443 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6444 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6445 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6446 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6447 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6448 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6450 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6451 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6452 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6453 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6454 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6455 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6456 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6458 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6459 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6461 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6462 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6463 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6464 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6465 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6466 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6468 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6469 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6470 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6472 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6473 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6474 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6476 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6477 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6481 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6482 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6485 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6486 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6487 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6488 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6489 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6490 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6491 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6492 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6493 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6494 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6499 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6502 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6503 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6504 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6505 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6506 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6508 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6509 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6510 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6511 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6513 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6514 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6515 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6517 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6519 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6520 as the final argument." t nil)
6522 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6523 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6524 and run dired on those files.
6525 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6526 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6528 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6530 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6531 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6532 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6534 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6536 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6541 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6542 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6543 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6545 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6546 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6547 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6549 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6551 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6552 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6553 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6555 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6556 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6558 Variables of interest include:
6560 - ff-case-fold-search
6561 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6562 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6564 - ff-always-in-other-window
6565 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6566 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6569 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6571 - ff-always-try-to-create
6572 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6575 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6577 - ff-special-constructs
6578 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6579 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6580 extracting the filename from that construct.
6582 - ff-other-file-alist
6583 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6585 - ff-search-directories
6586 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6587 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6590 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6593 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6595 - ff-post-load-hooks
6596 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6598 - ff-not-found-hooks
6599 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6601 - ff-file-created-hooks
6602 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6604 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6605 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6607 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6608 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6613 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6614 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6615 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6616 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6617 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6620 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6621 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6623 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6624 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6627 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6628 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6629 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6631 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6632 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6634 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6635 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6636 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6637 it is one of the current buffers.
6639 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6640 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6641 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6643 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6644 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6646 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6649 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6651 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6653 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6654 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6656 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6657 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6660 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6661 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6663 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6664 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6666 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6667 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6668 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6669 it is one of the current buffers.
6671 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6672 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6673 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6675 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6676 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6678 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6680 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6681 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6683 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6685 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6686 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6687 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6689 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6690 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6692 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6693 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6695 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6696 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6700 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6701 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6704 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6705 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6707 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6708 Display FILE's commentary section.
6709 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6711 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6712 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6716 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6717 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6718 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6720 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6721 Toggle flow control handling.
6722 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6723 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6725 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6726 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6727 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6728 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6729 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6730 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
6735 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6736 ;;;;;; (14718 57349))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6739 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
6740 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
6741 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
6743 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
6744 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
6746 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
6748 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6749 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6750 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6751 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6752 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6753 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6756 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6757 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6758 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6761 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6764 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6765 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6766 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6768 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6770 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6771 in your .emacs file.
6773 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6775 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6777 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
6779 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6780 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6785 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6786 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6789 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6790 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6792 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6793 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6795 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6796 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6798 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6799 of two major techniques:
6801 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6802 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6803 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6805 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6806 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6807 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6810 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6811 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6812 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6813 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6814 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6817 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6818 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6820 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6822 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6823 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6824 \(This is the default.)
6826 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6827 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6829 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6830 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6832 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6833 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6835 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6836 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6837 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6838 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6839 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6840 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6842 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6843 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6844 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6846 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6847 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6848 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6852 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6853 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6854 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6855 ;;;;;; (14677 53748))
6856 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6858 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6859 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6861 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6862 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6863 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6865 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6867 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6868 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6869 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6870 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6872 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6873 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6875 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6877 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6878 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6879 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6881 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6883 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6884 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6885 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6886 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6887 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6888 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6890 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6891 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6893 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6894 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6896 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6897 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6898 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6900 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6901 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6903 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6904 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6905 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6907 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6908 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6909 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6911 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6912 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6913 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6915 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6916 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6917 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6918 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6919 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6920 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6921 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6922 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6923 end of the current highlighting list.
6927 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6928 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6929 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6931 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6932 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6934 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6935 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6936 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6938 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6939 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6941 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6942 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6944 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6945 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6946 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6947 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6948 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6950 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6951 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6953 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6954 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6955 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6956 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6958 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6960 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6962 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6964 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6965 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6969 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6970 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
6971 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6973 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6974 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6975 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6976 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6977 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6979 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6982 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6983 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6985 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6989 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6993 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6994 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6995 \\<message-mode-map>
6999 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7000 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7001 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7002 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7003 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7004 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7009 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7010 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7013 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7014 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7016 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7017 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7018 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7019 C-c < forms-first-record <
7020 C-c > forms-last-record >
7021 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7022 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7023 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7024 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7025 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7026 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7027 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7028 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7029 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7030 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7033 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7034 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7036 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7037 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7041 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7042 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14702 57276))
7043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7045 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7046 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7047 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7048 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7049 with a character in column 6.")
7051 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7052 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7053 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7054 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7056 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7060 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7062 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7065 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7066 set this to the string \"!\".
7068 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7070 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7071 `fortran-structure-indent'
7072 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7074 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7075 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7076 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7077 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7078 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7079 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7080 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7081 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7082 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7083 (for TAB format continuation style).
7084 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7085 indentation for a line of code.
7087 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7088 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7089 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7090 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7091 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7092 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7093 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7094 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7095 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7096 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7097 column 5. (default 1)
7098 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7099 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7100 statements. (default nil)
7101 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7102 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7103 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7104 statement. (default nil)
7105 `fortran-continuation-string'
7106 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7107 line. (default \"$\")
7108 `fortran-comment-region'
7109 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7110 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7111 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7112 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7113 as typed. (default t)
7114 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7115 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7118 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7119 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7123 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7124 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7125 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7127 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7128 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7130 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7131 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7133 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7134 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7137 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7138 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7139 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7140 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7141 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7142 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7144 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7145 Each keyword should be a string.
7147 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7148 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7150 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7151 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7152 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7154 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7156 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7158 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7159 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7160 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7161 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7163 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7164 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7168 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7169 ;;;;;; (14724 3308))
7170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7172 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7173 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7174 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7175 at places they belong to." t nil)
7179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7180 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
7181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7183 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7184 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7186 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7188 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7189 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7190 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7191 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7192 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7194 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7195 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7197 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7198 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7200 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7202 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7203 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7204 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7209 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7210 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7213 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7214 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7217 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7219 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7220 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7221 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7222 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7226 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7227 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7228 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7231 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7233 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7238 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7241 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7242 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7247 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7251 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7252 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7255 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7258 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7260 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7261 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7266 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7269 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7270 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7271 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7273 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7274 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7278 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7279 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7282 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7284 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7285 Run batched scoring.
7286 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7291 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7294 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7295 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7296 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7301 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7304 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7305 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7306 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7307 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7308 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7310 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7311 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7316 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7319 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7320 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7321 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7322 for matching on group names.
7324 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7325 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7327 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7329 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7334 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7337 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7338 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7343 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7346 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7347 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7349 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7350 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7355 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7358 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7359 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7363 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
7364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7366 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7367 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7368 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7369 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7370 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7372 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7373 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7374 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7376 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7377 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7378 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7383 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14711 25302))
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7386 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7387 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7388 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7389 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7390 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7392 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7393 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7394 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7395 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7396 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7398 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7399 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7400 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7402 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7404 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7405 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7412 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7413 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7414 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7415 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7416 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7421 ;;;;;; (14629 39461))
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7424 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7425 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7426 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7427 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7429 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7430 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7432 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7434 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7435 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7436 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7437 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7439 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7440 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7441 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7442 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7444 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7445 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7447 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7448 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7450 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7452 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7453 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7454 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7455 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7457 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7458 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7459 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7460 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7461 between it and it's value." t nil)
7462 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7466 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
7468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7470 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7471 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7472 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7473 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7475 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7476 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7477 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7478 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7483 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7486 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7487 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7489 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7490 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7491 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7492 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7494 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7496 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7497 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7498 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7499 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7500 to be updated." t nil)
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7505 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7508 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7509 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7510 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7511 and window listing and describing the options.
7512 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7513 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7517 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7521 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7522 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7524 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7525 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7530 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7533 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7534 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7535 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7536 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7537 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7539 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7540 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7542 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7543 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7544 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7545 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7547 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7548 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7551 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7556 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7557 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7558 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7559 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7560 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7561 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7562 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7563 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7564 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7565 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7566 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7567 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7568 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7569 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7570 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7572 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7573 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7574 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7576 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7579 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7581 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7582 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7583 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7585 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7586 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7587 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7589 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7590 into the buffer at the current point.
7592 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7593 into the buffer at the current point.
7595 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7596 into the buffer at the current point.
7598 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7600 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7601 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7603 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7605 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7607 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7608 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7609 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7613 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
7618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
7619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14728 34798))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
7622 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
7624 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
7625 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
7627 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7629 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
7631 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
7632 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
7634 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
7635 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
7636 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
7637 which can be called interactively, are:
7639 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
7640 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
7642 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
7643 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
7645 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
7646 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
7648 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
7649 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
7650 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
7651 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
7652 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
7653 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
7655 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
7656 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
7658 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
7659 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
7661 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
7662 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
7663 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
7666 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
7668 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
7670 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
7671 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
7673 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
7674 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
7675 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
7676 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
7678 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
7680 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
7681 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
7683 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
7684 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
7685 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
7686 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
7688 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
7690 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
7691 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
7693 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
7694 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
7695 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns')
7696 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
7697 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
7699 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
7700 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
7702 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
7703 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
7704 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7709 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14709 36509))
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7712 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7713 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7715 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7716 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7717 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7718 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7719 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7720 how the hiding is done:
7723 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7724 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7727 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7728 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7729 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7730 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7731 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7734 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7735 #endif lines when hiding.
7737 hide-ifdef-initially
7738 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7741 hide-ifdef-read-only
7742 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7743 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7745 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7747 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7748 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7750 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7751 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7753 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7754 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7759 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14716 16655))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7762 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7763 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7765 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7766 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7767 Each element has the form
7768 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7770 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7771 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7773 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7774 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7776 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7777 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7778 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7779 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7780 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7782 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7783 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7785 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7786 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7788 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7789 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7790 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7792 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7793 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7794 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7795 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7796 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7797 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7799 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7800 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7801 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7803 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7804 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7806 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7809 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7814 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7815 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7816 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14703 9943))
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7819 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7821 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7822 Remove the change face from the region.
7823 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7825 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7826 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7828 Without an argument,
7829 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7830 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7831 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7834 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7835 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7836 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7838 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7839 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7840 not displayed in a different face.
7843 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7844 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7845 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7846 buffer with the contents of a file
7847 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7848 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7853 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7854 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7855 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7858 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7859 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7861 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7862 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7864 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7865 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7867 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7868 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7869 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7870 shown in the last face in the list.
7872 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7873 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7874 buffer to be saved):
7875 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7878 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7879 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7881 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7882 and not in read-only mode.
7884 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7885 when called interactively.
7887 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7888 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7889 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7891 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7892 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7893 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7895 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7896 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7898 When called interactively:
7899 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7900 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7901 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7902 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7904 When called from a program:
7905 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7906 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7907 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7908 - otherwise just turn it on
7910 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7911 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7912 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7913 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7918 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7919 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7920 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7921 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7924 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7925 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7926 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7927 or insert functions in this list.")
7929 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7930 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7932 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7933 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7935 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7936 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7938 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7939 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7941 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7942 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7943 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7945 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7946 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7947 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7950 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7951 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7952 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7953 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7954 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7956 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7957 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7958 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7959 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7960 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7962 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7963 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7964 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7966 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7967 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7968 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7969 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7973 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14709 28151))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7976 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7977 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7979 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7981 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7983 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7985 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7986 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7987 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7988 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7989 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7994 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7997 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7998 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8000 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8001 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8003 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8008 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
8011 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8012 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
8014 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8015 This function is absolete." t nil)
8017 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8018 This function is absolete." t nil)
8022 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8023 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8026 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8027 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8028 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8030 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8031 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8032 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8036 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8039 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8040 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8041 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8042 Tab indents for Icon code.
8043 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8044 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8046 Variables controlling indentation style:
8047 icon-tab-always-indent
8048 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8049 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8051 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8052 inserted in Icon code.
8054 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8055 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8056 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8057 icon-continued-statement-offset
8058 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8059 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8060 icon-continued-brace-offset
8061 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8062 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8064 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8065 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8066 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8067 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8069 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8070 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8074 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8075 ;;;;;; (14671 47570))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8078 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8079 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8080 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8081 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8083 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8084 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8087 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8089 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8090 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8091 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8097 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8098 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
8099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8101 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8102 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8104 The main features of this mode are
8106 1. Indentation and Formatting
8107 --------------------------
8108 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8109 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8111 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8112 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8113 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8114 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8116 Comments are indented as follows:
8118 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8119 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8120 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8122 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8124 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8125 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8126 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8127 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8128 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8130 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8131 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8132 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8136 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8137 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8138 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8139 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8140 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8141 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8142 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8146 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8147 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8148 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8149 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8150 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8154 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8155 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8156 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8157 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8158 mixed or upper case.
8160 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8161 --------------------------------
8162 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8163 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8165 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8166 \\fu FUNCTION template
8167 \\c CASE statement template
8168 \\f FOR loop template
8169 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8170 \\w WHILE loop template
8171 \\i IF statement template
8172 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8175 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8176 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8178 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8179 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8180 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8182 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8183 -------------------------
8184 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8185 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8187 7. Automatic END completion
8188 ------------------------
8189 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8190 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8194 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8195 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8197 9. Documentation and Customization
8198 -------------------------------
8199 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8200 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8201 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8202 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8203 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8207 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8208 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8209 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8211 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8215 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8217 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8219 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8220 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8221 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8226 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8227 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14663 20184))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8230 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8231 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8232 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8233 be determined." nil nil)
8235 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8236 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8237 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8238 be determined." nil nil)
8240 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8241 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8242 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8244 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8246 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8247 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8248 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8249 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8250 use its file extension.as image type.
8251 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8252 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8253 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
8254 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8256 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8257 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8258 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8259 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8260 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8261 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8262 POS may be an integer or marker.
8263 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8264 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8265 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8266 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8268 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8269 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8270 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8271 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8272 defaulted if you omit it.
8273 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8274 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8275 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8276 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8278 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8279 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8280 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8281 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8283 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8284 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8286 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8288 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8289 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8290 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8291 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8292 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8293 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8294 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8295 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8298 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8300 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8301 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8303 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8304 documentation string.
8306 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8307 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8308 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8309 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8310 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8311 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8312 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8317 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8318 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8323 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14659 22945))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8326 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8327 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8329 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8331 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8332 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8335 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8337 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8338 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8339 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8341 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8342 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8344 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8345 to create a buffer index.
8347 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8348 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8350 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8351 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8352 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8353 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8354 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8356 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8357 entries are not nested.
8359 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8360 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8361 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8362 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8364 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8365 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8367 The variable is buffer-local.
8369 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8370 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8371 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8373 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8374 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8375 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8376 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8378 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8380 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8381 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8383 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8384 of the current buffer as an alist.
8386 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8387 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8388 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8389 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8390 if it is a sub-alist.
8392 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8394 The variable is buffer-local.")
8396 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8398 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8399 Function for finding the next index position.
8401 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8402 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8403 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8406 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8407 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8409 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8411 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8413 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8414 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8416 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8417 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8418 It should return the name for that index item.
8420 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8422 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8424 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8425 Function to compare string with index item.
8427 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8428 non-nil if they match.
8430 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8431 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8432 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8435 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8437 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8439 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8440 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8441 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8443 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8445 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8447 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8448 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8449 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8450 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8452 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8453 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8455 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8457 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8458 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8459 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8460 for more information." t nil)
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8465 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8468 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8469 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8470 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8471 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8472 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8474 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8475 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8477 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8478 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8479 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8480 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8481 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8482 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8483 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8484 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8486 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8487 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8488 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8489 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8490 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8492 More precise choices:
8493 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8494 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8497 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8499 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8500 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8502 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8503 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8504 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8506 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8507 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8508 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8509 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8510 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8512 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8516 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8517 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8518 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14717 22198))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8521 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8522 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8523 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8525 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8526 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8527 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8528 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8529 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8530 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8532 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8533 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8535 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8536 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8537 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8539 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8540 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8541 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8542 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8544 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
8545 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
8547 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8548 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8549 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8550 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8551 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8554 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8555 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
8556 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8557 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8558 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8560 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8561 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8562 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8566 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8567 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8568 ;;;;;; (14710 63985))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8571 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8572 Throw away all cached data.
8573 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8574 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8577 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8578 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8579 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8580 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8581 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8582 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8584 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8586 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8587 Display the documentation of a file.
8588 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8589 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8590 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8591 The default file name is the one found at point.
8593 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8595 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8596 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8598 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8599 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8603 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8604 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8605 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8607 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8608 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8610 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8611 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8612 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8614 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8615 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8616 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8618 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8619 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8620 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8621 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8623 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8624 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8625 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8627 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8628 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8629 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8630 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8631 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8635 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8636 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8637 ;;;;;; (14669 64271))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8640 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8641 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8643 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8644 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8646 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8650 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8651 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8654 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8655 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8656 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8657 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8658 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8659 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8661 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8662 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8664 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8665 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8666 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8667 \"s gives German sharp s.
8668 /a gives a with ring.
8669 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8670 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8671 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8672 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8674 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8675 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8680 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
8681 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
8682 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8685 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8686 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8687 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8688 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8689 `format-alist')." t nil)
8691 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8692 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8693 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8695 `format-alist')." t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8698 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8699 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8700 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8701 `format-alist')." t nil)
8703 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8704 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8705 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8706 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8707 `format-alist')." t nil)
8709 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8710 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8711 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8712 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8713 `format-alist')." t nil)
8715 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8716 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8717 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8718 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8719 `format-alist')." t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8722 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8723 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8724 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8725 `format-alist')." t nil)
8727 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
8728 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
8729 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8730 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8731 `format-alist')." t nil)
8733 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8734 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8735 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8736 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8737 `format-alist')." t nil)
8739 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8740 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8742 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8743 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8745 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8746 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8751 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8753 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8754 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8755 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8759 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8760 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8761 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8762 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8763 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8764 ;;;;;; (14728 11002))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8767 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8768 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8770 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8771 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8773 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8774 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8776 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8777 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8778 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8779 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8781 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8782 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8783 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8785 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8787 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8789 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8791 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8793 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8795 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8797 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8798 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8800 Each element of this list is also a list:
8802 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8803 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8805 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8806 nil means the default dictionary.
8808 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8811 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8813 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8814 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8815 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8816 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8817 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8818 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8819 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8820 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8821 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8823 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8824 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8827 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8830 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8831 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8832 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8833 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8834 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8835 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8836 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8837 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8839 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8841 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8842 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8843 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8845 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8846 Key map for ispell menu.")
8848 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8849 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8850 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8851 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8853 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8855 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8857 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
8859 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
8861 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8863 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8864 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8865 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8866 Valid forms include:
8867 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8868 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8869 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8870 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8872 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8873 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8874 First list is used raw.
8875 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8877 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8878 for skipping in latex mode.")
8880 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8882 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8883 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8884 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8885 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8887 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8888 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8889 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8890 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8891 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8893 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8894 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8896 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8898 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8899 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8902 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8903 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8904 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8905 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8906 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8908 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8909 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8913 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8914 SPC: Accept word this time.
8915 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8916 `a': Accept word for this session.
8917 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8918 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8919 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8920 `?': Show these commands.
8921 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8922 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8923 the aborted check to be completed later.
8924 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8925 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8926 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8927 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8928 `C-l': redraws screen
8929 `C-r': recursive edit
8930 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8932 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8933 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8934 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8936 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8937 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8938 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8940 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8942 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8944 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8945 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8946 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8947 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8949 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8950 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8952 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8953 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8955 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8956 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8958 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8959 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8960 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8961 sequence inside of a word.
8963 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8965 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8966 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8968 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
8969 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
8970 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, an a region is active, spell-check
8971 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
8973 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8974 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8975 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8977 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8978 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8980 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8981 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8983 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8984 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8985 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8986 Don't check included messages.
8988 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8989 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8990 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8992 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8993 in your .emacs file:
8994 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8995 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8996 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8997 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8999 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9000 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9001 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9006 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9007 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14727 65181))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9010 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9011 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9012 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9013 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9014 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9015 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9017 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9018 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9019 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9020 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
9022 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9023 Switch to another buffer.
9025 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9026 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9027 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9031 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9032 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9033 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9034 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9036 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9037 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9038 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9039 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9041 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9042 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9043 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9044 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9049 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9050 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9051 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9054 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9056 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9057 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9058 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9059 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9060 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9061 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9062 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9063 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9065 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9066 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9067 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9068 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9070 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9071 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9072 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9073 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9074 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9076 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9077 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9081 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9082 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9083 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9084 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9086 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9087 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9089 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9090 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9091 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9092 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9093 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9095 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9096 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9097 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9098 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9099 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9102 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9103 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14672
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9111 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
9112 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
9113 Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil.
9114 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
9116 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
9119 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
9120 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
9121 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
9122 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
9123 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
9125 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9126 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9127 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9128 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9130 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
9131 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
9132 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
9133 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
9134 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
9135 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
9136 strings or comments span lines.
9138 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9139 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9140 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9141 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." nil nil)
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
9146 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9149 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9150 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9152 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9154 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9156 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9157 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
9159 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9160 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9161 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
9163 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
9165 (require 'jka-compr)
9166 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
9167 (toggle-auto-compression)))
9168 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9173 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9176 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9177 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9178 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9180 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9181 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9182 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9183 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9186 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9187 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9188 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14708
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9196 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9197 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9198 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9199 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9200 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9201 positions that contains the current selection.")
9203 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9204 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9205 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9206 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9207 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9208 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9209 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9213 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9214 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9217 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9218 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9219 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9221 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9225 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9226 ;;;;;; (14726 36008))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9229 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9231 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9232 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9234 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9236 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9237 Start or resume an Lm game.
9238 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9239 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9241 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9242 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9248 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9249 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9250 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9255 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9256 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9259 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9261 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9262 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9263 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9264 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9265 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9266 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9268 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9269 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9271 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9272 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9274 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9275 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9276 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9277 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9280 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9282 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9287 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9290 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9291 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9292 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9293 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9295 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9297 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9299 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9300 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9301 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9302 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9303 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9306 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9307 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9308 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9309 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9310 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9312 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9313 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9314 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9315 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9316 slow to keep up with your typing.
9318 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9319 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9320 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9321 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9322 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9323 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9325 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9326 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9327 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9328 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9330 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9331 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9332 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9333 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9335 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9336 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9337 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9338 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9339 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9341 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9342 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9347 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9350 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9351 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9353 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9354 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9356 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9357 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9359 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9360 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9361 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9362 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9363 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9364 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9365 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9366 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9367 and transmit saved text.
9369 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9370 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9372 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9376 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9379 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9380 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9381 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9382 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9383 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14647
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9391 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9392 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9393 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
9394 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9399 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9402 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9403 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9404 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9406 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9407 Run the locate command with a filter.
9409 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9410 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9417 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9418 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9419 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9420 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9421 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9422 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9423 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9424 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9432 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9433 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9438 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9442 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9443 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9444 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9446 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9447 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9449 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9450 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9451 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9452 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9453 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9454 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9455 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9457 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9458 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9459 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9460 switch on this list.
9461 See `lpr-command'.")
9463 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9464 *Name of program for printing a file.
9466 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9467 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9468 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9469 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9470 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9471 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9474 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9475 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9476 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9477 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9480 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9482 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9483 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9484 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9485 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9487 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9488 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9490 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9491 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9493 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9494 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9495 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9496 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9498 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9499 Paginate and print the region contents.
9501 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9502 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9503 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9504 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9506 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9507 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9509 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9510 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9517 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9518 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9519 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9520 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9525 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9529 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9530 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9531 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9533 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9537 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9541 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9542 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9548 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9549 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9552 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9553 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9554 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9555 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9556 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9558 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9559 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9560 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9561 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9563 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9564 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9565 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9566 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9569 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9570 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9572 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9573 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9574 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9575 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9576 each time the macro executes.
9577 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9578 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9579 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9580 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9581 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9582 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9583 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9585 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9586 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9587 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9589 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9590 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9591 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9594 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9595 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9597 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9598 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9599 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9600 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9601 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9603 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9606 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9607 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9608 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9610 You could enter the names in this format:
9616 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9619 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9622 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9623 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9625 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9630 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9633 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9634 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9635 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9636 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9638 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9639 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9640 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9641 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9642 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9644 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9645 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9646 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9647 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9649 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9650 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9654 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9655 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9656 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9659 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9660 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9662 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9664 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9665 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9667 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9668 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9669 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9672 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9676 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9677 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9678 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14710
9680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9682 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9683 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9684 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9685 often correct parser.")
9687 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9689 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9690 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9691 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9692 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9694 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9695 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9696 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9697 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9699 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9700 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9701 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9702 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9704 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9705 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9706 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9707 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9708 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9709 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9714 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9717 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9718 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9720 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9721 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9722 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9724 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9725 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9726 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9730 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9731 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9735 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9736 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9737 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9739 If `parens', they look like:
9740 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9741 If `angles', they look like:
9742 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9744 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9745 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9746 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9747 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9748 their `Resent-' variants.
9750 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9751 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9753 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9754 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9755 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9757 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9758 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9759 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9760 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9762 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9763 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9764 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9765 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9770 ;;;;;; (14717 60289))
9771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9773 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9774 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9775 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9777 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9779 In the browser, use the following keys:
9781 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9783 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9785 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9786 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9788 makefile-target-colon:
9789 The string that gets appended to all target names
9790 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9791 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9793 makefile-macro-assign:
9794 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9795 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9796 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9797 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9798 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9799 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9801 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9802 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9803 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9805 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9806 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9808 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9809 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9810 up or down in the browser.
9812 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9813 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9815 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9816 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9818 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9819 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9820 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9821 has been selected in the browser.
9823 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9824 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9825 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9826 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9827 filenames are omitted.
9829 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9830 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9831 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9832 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9833 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9834 the backslash itself intact.
9835 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9836 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9838 makefile-browser-hook:
9839 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9840 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9842 makefile-special-targets-list:
9843 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9844 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9845 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9849 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9853 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9854 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9855 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14684 27536))
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9862 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9864 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9865 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9866 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9867 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9868 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9869 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9870 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
9872 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
9873 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
9875 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9876 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9880 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9881 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9882 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9883 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9884 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9885 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9886 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9887 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9888 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9891 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9892 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9894 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9896 If `parens', they look like:
9897 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9898 If `angles', they look like:
9899 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9901 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9902 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9904 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9905 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9907 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9908 *Local news organization file.")
9910 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9911 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9912 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9913 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9915 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9916 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9917 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9919 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9920 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9922 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9923 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9924 nil means use indentation.")
9926 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9927 *Function for citing an original message.
9928 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9929 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9930 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9932 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9933 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9934 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9935 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9936 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9938 (defvar message-signature t "\
9939 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9940 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9941 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9942 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9944 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9945 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9947 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9949 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9950 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9951 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9952 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9953 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9954 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9955 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9956 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9957 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9958 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9959 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9960 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9961 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9962 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9963 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9964 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9965 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9966 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9967 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9968 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9969 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9971 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9972 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9973 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9975 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9976 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9978 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9979 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9982 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9984 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9985 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9986 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9988 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9989 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9991 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9992 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9993 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9994 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9997 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9999 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10000 Forward the current message via mail.
10001 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
10003 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10004 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10007 Re-mail the current message.
10008 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
10009 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10012 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10013 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10016 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10018 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10019 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10022 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10025 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10026 Works by overstriking characters.
10027 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10028 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10030 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10031 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10032 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10033 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10037 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10038 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10041 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10042 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10046 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10047 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10049 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10050 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10054 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10055 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10060 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10061 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
10062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10064 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10065 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10066 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10068 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10069 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10070 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10071 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10072 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10073 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10074 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10077 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10078 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10079 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10080 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10082 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10083 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10085 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10086 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10087 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10088 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10089 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10091 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10092 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10097 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14651 36905))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10100 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10101 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10102 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10103 to the MH mail system.
10105 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10107 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10108 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10109 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10110 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10111 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10112 that want to create a mail buffer.
10113 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10115 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10116 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10117 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10118 to the MH mail system.
10120 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10122 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10123 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10124 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10125 using the MH mail handling system.
10126 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10129 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10131 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10133 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10134 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10135 the yanked message.
10137 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10138 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10139 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10140 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10141 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10143 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10144 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10145 inserted in a draft letter.
10147 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10148 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10150 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14635
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10158 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10159 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10160 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10161 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10163 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10164 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10171 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10172 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10179 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10181 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10183 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10185 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10190 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10193 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10194 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10195 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10196 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10197 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10198 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10199 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10200 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10201 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10202 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10203 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10205 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10206 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10207 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10208 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10213 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10216 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10217 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10221 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10222 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10225 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10226 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10227 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10228 followed by the first character of the construct.
10230 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10231 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10232 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10233 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10234 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10235 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10236 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10237 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10238 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10239 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10240 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10241 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10242 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10245 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10246 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10247 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10251 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10255 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10256 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10257 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10258 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10260 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10262 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10264 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10266 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10267 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10268 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10269 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10270 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10271 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10273 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10274 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
10275 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
10276 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10278 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10279 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10281 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10282 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10284 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10286 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10287 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10288 primary selection and region." t nil)
10292 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10295 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10296 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10300 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14627 62302))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10303 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10306 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10308 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10310 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10312 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10314 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10315 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10316 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10321 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10322 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10323 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
10324 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
10325 ;;;;;; (14697 36467))
10326 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10328 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10329 Display a list of all character sets.
10331 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10332 for internal Emacs use.
10334 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10335 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10336 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10337 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10338 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10340 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10341 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10342 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10343 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10345 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10346 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10348 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10349 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10350 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10351 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10352 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10354 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10355 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10356 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10357 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10358 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10360 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10361 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10363 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10364 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10365 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10366 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10367 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10369 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10370 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10372 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10373 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10375 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10376 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10377 at the place of `..':
10378 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10379 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10380 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10381 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10382 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10383 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10384 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10385 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10386 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10387 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10388 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10389 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10390 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10391 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10392 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10393 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10395 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10396 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10398 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10399 Display a list of all coding systems.
10400 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10402 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10403 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10405 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10406 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10408 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10409 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10411 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10412 Display information of FONTSET.
10413 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10415 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10416 Display a list of all fontsets.
10417 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10418 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10419 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10421 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10422 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10424 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10425 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10427 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10428 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10429 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10430 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10432 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10433 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10434 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10436 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10437 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10438 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10443 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10444 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10445 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10446 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10447 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10448 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10451 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10452 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10453 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10455 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10456 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10458 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10459 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10461 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10462 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10464 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10465 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10466 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10467 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10468 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10470 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10471 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10472 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10473 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10474 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10476 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10477 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10479 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10481 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10482 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10484 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10485 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10486 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10488 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10489 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10490 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10492 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10493 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10494 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10496 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10497 longer than KEYSEQ.
10498 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10500 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10501 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10502 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10503 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10504 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10505 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10506 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10507 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10508 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10509 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10510 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10512 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10513 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10515 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10516 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10518 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10519 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10521 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10522 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10524 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10525 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10527 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10528 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10529 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10530 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10532 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10533 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10534 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10535 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10537 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10538 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10539 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10540 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10547 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10548 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10553 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10554 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10555 ;;;;;; (14727 65050))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10558 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10559 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10561 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10563 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10564 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10566 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10567 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10569 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10571 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10572 Run netstat program." t nil)
10574 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10575 Run the arp program." t nil)
10577 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10578 Run the route program." t nil)
10580 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10581 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10583 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10584 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10586 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10587 Run dig program." t nil)
10589 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10590 Run ftp program." t nil)
10592 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10593 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10595 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10596 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10597 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10598 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10600 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10602 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10603 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10605 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10606 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
10611 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
10612 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
10613 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14693 39146))
10614 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
10616 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
10618 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
10620 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
10622 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
10624 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
10626 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
10627 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
10628 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
10629 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
10630 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
10632 (defvar comment-start nil "\
10633 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
10635 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
10636 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
10637 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
10638 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
10640 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
10641 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
10643 (defvar comment-end "" "\
10644 *String to insert to end a new comment.
10645 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
10647 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\
10648 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
10649 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
10650 the comment's starting delimiter.")
10652 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
10653 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
10654 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
10656 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
10657 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
10658 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
10659 of the corresponding number of spaces.
10661 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
10662 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
10664 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
10665 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
10666 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
10668 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
10669 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
10670 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
10672 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
10673 Set the comment column based on point.
10674 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
10675 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
10676 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
10677 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
10679 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
10680 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
10681 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
10683 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
10684 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
10685 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
10686 comment markers." t nil)
10688 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
10689 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
10690 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
10691 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
10692 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
10693 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
10694 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
10695 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
10697 The strings used as comment starts are built from
10698 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
10700 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
10701 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
10702 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
10703 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
10704 case it calls `uncomment-region').
10705 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
10706 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
10707 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
10709 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
10710 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
10711 This indents the body of the continued comment
10712 under the previous comment line.
10714 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
10715 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
10716 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
10718 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
10719 or comment indentation.
10721 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
10722 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
10726 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10730 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10731 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10732 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10733 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10734 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10735 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10740 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10743 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10744 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10748 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10749 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10752 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10753 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10754 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10758 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10759 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10762 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10763 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10767 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10768 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10771 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10772 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10774 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10775 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10778 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10783 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10786 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10787 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10788 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10790 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10792 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10793 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10794 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10795 to future sessions." t nil)
10797 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10798 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10799 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10800 to future sessions." t nil)
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10805 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10808 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10809 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10811 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10812 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10813 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10818 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10821 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10822 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10823 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10824 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10825 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10830 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10833 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10834 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10835 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10837 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10839 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10840 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10842 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10843 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10844 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10846 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10851 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10854 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10855 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10857 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10858 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10859 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10860 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10862 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10863 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10864 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10865 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10866 is why you need this mode!).
10868 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10869 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10870 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10872 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10877 \\{octave-mode-map}
10879 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10880 ==============================================
10883 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10886 octave-auto-newline
10887 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10890 octave-blink-matching-block
10891 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10892 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10894 octave-block-offset
10895 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10898 octave-continuation-offset
10899 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10902 octave-continuation-string
10903 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10904 Default is a backslash.
10906 octave-mode-startup-message
10907 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10910 octave-send-echo-input
10911 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10912 command to the inferior Octave process.
10914 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10915 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10916 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10918 octave-send-echo-input
10919 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10921 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10923 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10924 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10926 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10927 (setq auto-mode-alist
10928 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10930 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10931 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10933 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10937 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10938 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10940 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10941 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10942 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10943 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10947 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10948 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10951 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10952 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10954 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10955 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10956 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10957 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10958 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10960 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10964 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10965 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10968 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10969 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10970 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10971 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10973 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10974 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10975 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10976 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10978 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10979 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10980 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10981 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10982 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10983 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10985 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10986 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10988 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10989 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10990 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10991 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10992 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10993 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10994 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10995 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10996 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10997 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10998 The subheadings remain visible.
10999 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11001 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11002 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11003 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11005 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11006 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11008 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11009 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11010 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11011 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
11016 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11019 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11020 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
11021 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11022 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
11023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11024 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11026 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11028 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11030 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11031 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11032 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11033 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11035 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11036 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11040 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11044 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11045 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11046 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11048 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11049 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11051 Other useful functions are:
11053 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11054 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11055 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11056 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11057 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11058 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11059 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11060 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11061 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11063 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11065 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11066 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11067 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11068 Indentation for case statements.
11069 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11070 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11072 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11073 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11074 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11075 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11076 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11077 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11078 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11079 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11080 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11081 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11083 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11084 pascal-separator-keywords.
11086 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11087 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11092 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11095 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11096 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11097 The keys affected are:
11098 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11099 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11100 M-Backspace does undo.
11101 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11102 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11103 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11107 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11108 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14671 23903))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11111 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11112 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11114 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11116 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11117 which modify the status of the mark.
11119 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11120 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11122 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11123 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11125 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11126 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11127 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11128 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11129 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11131 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11132 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11134 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11135 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11136 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11138 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11139 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11140 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11142 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11143 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11145 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11146 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11147 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11149 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11150 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11151 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11157 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11158 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11159 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11161 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11162 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11163 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11164 and cursor movement commands.
11165 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11166 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11168 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11170 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11174 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11176 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11178 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11179 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11184 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14680 31143))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11187 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11188 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11190 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11191 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11193 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11194 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
11196 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11197 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
11199 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11203 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
11204 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 31151))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
11207 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11208 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
11210 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11211 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
11213 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11214 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
11218 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
11222 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
11223 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
11224 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
11225 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
11226 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
11227 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
11232 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
11233 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168))
11234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
11236 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11237 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
11239 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
11241 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11242 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
11244 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11245 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
11247 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11248 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
11250 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11253 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
11255 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11256 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
11258 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11259 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
11264 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
11265 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14674
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
11269 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
11270 Support extensible programmable completion.
11271 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
11272 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
11274 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
11275 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
11278 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11279 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11281 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
11282 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
11284 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
11285 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11286 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11288 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
11289 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
11291 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
11292 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
11294 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11295 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
11296 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
11297 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
11298 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
11300 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11301 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
11306 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
11307 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14660 49377))
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
11310 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
11311 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
11312 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
11313 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11315 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
11317 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
11318 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
11319 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
11320 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11321 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11322 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
11323 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
11325 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
11326 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
11327 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
11328 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11329 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11330 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11331 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11332 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11334 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
11335 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11336 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11337 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11338 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11339 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
11341 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
11342 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11343 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11344 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11345 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11346 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11347 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11349 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
11351 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-examine) "\
11352 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
11353 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
11355 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
11356 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
11357 NIL means never do it.
11358 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
11359 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
11360 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
11362 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
11363 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
11364 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
11368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
11371 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
11376 ;;;;;; (14644 9538))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
11379 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
11380 Major mode for editing Perl code.
11381 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
11382 Tab indents for Perl code.
11383 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
11384 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11385 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11387 Variables controlling indentation style:
11388 perl-tab-always-indent
11389 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
11390 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11391 perl-tab-to-comment
11392 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
11393 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
11394 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
11396 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
11398 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
11399 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11400 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11401 perl-continued-statement-offset
11402 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11403 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11404 perl-continued-brace-offset
11405 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11406 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
11408 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11409 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
11410 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11411 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11413 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
11415 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
11416 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
11417 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
11418 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
11419 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
11420 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
11421 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
11423 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
11427 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
11428 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
11431 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
11432 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
11433 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
11434 afterwards settable by these commands:
11435 C-c < Move left after insertion.
11436 C-c > Move right after insertion.
11437 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
11438 C-c . Move down after insertion.
11439 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
11440 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
11441 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
11442 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
11443 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
11444 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
11445 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
11446 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
11447 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
11448 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
11449 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
11450 with these commands:
11451 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
11452 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
11453 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
11454 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
11455 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
11456 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
11457 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
11458 Return Move to beginning of next line.
11459 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
11460 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
11461 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
11462 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
11463 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
11464 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11465 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
11466 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
11467 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
11468 You can manipulate text with these commands:
11469 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
11470 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
11471 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
11472 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
11473 text is saved in the kill ring.
11474 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
11475 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
11476 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
11477 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
11478 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
11479 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
11480 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
11481 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
11482 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
11483 commands if invoked soon enough.
11484 You can return to the previous mode with:
11485 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
11486 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
11488 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
11490 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
11491 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
11493 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14708 25304))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11500 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11501 Play pong and waste time.
11502 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11503 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11505 pong-mode keybindings:
11508 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11516 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11517 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11518 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11519 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11520 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11522 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11523 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11524 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11525 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11526 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11528 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11529 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11530 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11531 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11536 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11539 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11540 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11541 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11543 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11544 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11545 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11547 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11548 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11555 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11556 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11557 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11561 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11565 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11566 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11568 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11570 The following variables hold user options, and can
11571 be set through the `customize' command:
11573 ps-mode-auto-indent
11576 ps-mode-print-function
11578 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11582 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11585 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
11591 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
11592 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
11593 The keymap for this second window is:
11595 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
11598 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
11599 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
11600 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
11601 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
11602 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
11607 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11608 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11609 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11610 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11613 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11614 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11618 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11619 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11620 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11621 changed by setting the variable
11622 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11623 The initial value of this variable is
11624 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11627 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11628 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11629 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11630 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11631 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11632 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11635 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11636 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11637 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11638 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11639 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11640 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11641 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11642 use this value, be sure to have installed
11643 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11644 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11645 documentation of this variable).
11647 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11648 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11649 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11650 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11651 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11652 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11654 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11656 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11657 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11658 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11660 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11662 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11663 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11665 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11667 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11671 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11673 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11674 the sequence." nil nil)
11676 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11677 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11679 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11682 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11686 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11688 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11689 the sequence." nil nil)
11691 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11692 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11694 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11695 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11696 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11698 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11703 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11704 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11705 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11706 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11707 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14724 2518))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11710 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11711 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11712 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11713 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11715 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11716 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11718 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11719 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11721 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11722 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11723 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11725 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11726 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11727 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11729 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11731 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11732 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11733 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11735 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11736 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11737 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11739 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11740 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11741 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11742 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11743 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11747 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11748 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11752 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11753 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11754 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11755 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11756 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11758 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11760 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11766 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11769 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11770 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11774 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11778 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11779 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11782 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11783 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11786 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11787 using the current ps-print setup.
11788 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11789 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11791 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11792 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11793 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11795 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11796 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11797 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11799 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11800 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11802 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11803 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11805 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11806 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11808 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11810 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11812 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11813 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11816 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11818 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11820 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11822 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11824 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11825 foreground and background colors respectively.
11827 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11828 bold - use bold font.
11829 italic - use italic font.
11830 underline - put a line under text.
11831 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11832 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11833 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11834 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11835 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11837 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11842 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11843 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11844 ;;;;;; (14666 30210))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11847 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11848 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11849 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11851 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11852 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11853 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11854 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11855 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11856 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11857 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11859 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11860 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11861 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11862 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11863 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11865 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11867 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11869 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11870 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11871 command to be called.
11873 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11874 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11875 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11876 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11878 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11879 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11880 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11881 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11882 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11885 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11886 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11887 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11888 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11890 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11891 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11892 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11893 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11895 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11896 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11897 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11898 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11899 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11900 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11902 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11903 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11904 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11905 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11906 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11907 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11909 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11910 covers Quail translation region.
11912 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11913 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11914 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11915 for it) is inserted.
11917 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11918 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11919 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11921 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11922 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11923 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11925 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11926 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11928 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11929 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11930 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11931 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11932 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11934 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11935 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11936 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11937 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11938 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11939 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11940 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11941 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11942 for the translation.
11943 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11945 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11946 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11948 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11949 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11951 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11952 which to install MAP.
11954 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11956 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11957 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11958 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11959 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11960 a function, or a cons.
11961 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11962 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11963 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11964 for the translation.
11965 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11966 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11967 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11968 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11969 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11971 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11972 it is used to handle KEY.
11974 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11975 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11976 current Quail package.
11978 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11979 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11981 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11982 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11984 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11985 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11986 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11987 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11988 of the Emacs source tree.
11990 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11991 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11993 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11994 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11995 of each directory." t nil)
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12000 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12001 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12005 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12006 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12007 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12008 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12010 To make use of this do something like:
12012 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12014 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12016 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12018 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12019 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12021 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12022 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12024 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12025 is decided." t nil)
12027 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12029 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12030 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12032 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12033 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12035 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12036 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12038 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12040 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12043 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12051 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12052 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12053 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12057 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12058 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12061 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12062 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12067 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12068 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14717 22266))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12071 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12072 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12074 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12075 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12077 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12078 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12080 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12081 Open a buffer that allows the user to choose a file to open from
12082 the list of recently opened files. The optional argument FILES may be
12083 used to specify the list, otherwise recentf-list is used. The optional
12084 argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12086 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12087 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12089 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12090 Toggle recentf mode.
12091 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12092 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
12094 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12095 were operated on recently." t nil)
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12100 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12101 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12102 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14709
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12106 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12107 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12108 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12111 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12112 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12114 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12115 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12116 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12117 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12120 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12121 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12122 to be deleted." t nil)
12124 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12125 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12126 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12129 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12132 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12133 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12134 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
12136 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
12137 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
12139 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12140 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
12142 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12145 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
12146 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
12148 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
12149 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
12150 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
12151 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
12152 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
12153 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
12154 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
12156 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
12157 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12159 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
12160 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
12162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12163 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
12164 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
12165 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
12167 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12168 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
12169 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
12170 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
12171 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
12173 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12174 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
12176 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
12177 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12179 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12180 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
12181 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
12183 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12184 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
12186 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
12187 Blank out the region-rectangle.
12188 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
12190 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12191 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
12192 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
12197 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
12200 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
12201 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
12203 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
12204 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
12206 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
12207 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
12209 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
12210 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
12211 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
12214 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
12215 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
12216 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
12218 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
12219 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
12220 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
12222 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
12223 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
12225 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
12226 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
12228 \\{reftex-mode-map}
12229 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
12232 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
12236 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
12237 ;;;;;; (14702 57277))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
12240 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
12241 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
12242 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
12243 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
12244 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
12245 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
12247 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
12249 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
12251 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
12252 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
12253 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
12254 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
12256 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
12257 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
12258 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
12259 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
12263 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
12264 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
12267 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
12268 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
12269 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
12271 To insert new phrases, use
12272 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
12273 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
12275 To index phrases use one of:
12277 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
12278 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
12279 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
12280 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
12281 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
12283 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
12284 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
12286 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
12288 Here are all local bindings.
12290 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
12295 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
12298 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
12299 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
12300 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
12301 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
12302 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
12303 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
12305 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
12306 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
12308 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
12309 Return the depth of REGEXP.
12310 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
12311 in REGEXP." nil nil)
12315 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
12318 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
12319 Repeat most recently executed command.
12320 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
12321 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
12322 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
12324 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
12325 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
12326 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
12331 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
12334 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
12335 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
12337 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
12338 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
12339 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
12340 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
12341 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
12342 and point is left after the salutation.
12344 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
12345 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
12346 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
12347 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
12348 left after that text.
12350 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
12353 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
12354 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
12355 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
12356 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
12361 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
12364 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
12365 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
12366 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
12367 visibility of comments that precede it.
12368 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
12369 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
12370 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
12371 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
12372 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
12373 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
12374 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
12375 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
12377 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
12378 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
12379 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
12380 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
12381 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
12382 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
12390 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
12391 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
12396 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
12399 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
12400 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
12402 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
12403 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
12407 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
12409 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12411 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
12412 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
12413 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
12414 other arguments for `rlogin'.
12416 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
12418 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
12419 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
12420 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
12421 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
12423 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
12424 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
12426 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
12427 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
12429 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
12430 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
12433 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
12434 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
12435 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
12436 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
12437 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
12439 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
12440 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
12441 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
12442 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
12444 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
12445 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
12451 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
12452 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
12453 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
12454 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
12455 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
12456 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 36008))
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
12459 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
12460 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
12461 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
12462 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
12464 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
12465 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
12466 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
12467 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
12468 value is the user's name.)
12469 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
12471 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
12472 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
12473 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
12474 which normally happens once for each message,
12475 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
12476 To make a change in this variable take effect
12477 for a message that you have already viewed,
12478 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
12480 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
12481 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
12482 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
12483 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
12485 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
12486 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
12488 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
12489 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
12490 A value of nil means don't highlight.
12491 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
12493 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
12494 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
12496 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
12497 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
12499 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
12500 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
12501 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
12502 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
12503 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
12505 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
12506 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12508 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12509 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12511 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12512 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12514 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12515 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12517 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12518 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12520 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12521 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12523 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12524 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12526 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12527 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12529 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12530 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12531 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
12532 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
12534 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
12535 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
12537 This is set to nil by default.")
12539 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
12540 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
12541 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
12542 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
12543 until a user explicitly requires it.")
12545 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
12546 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
12548 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
12549 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
12550 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
12551 this feature is required with `require'.")
12553 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
12554 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
12555 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
12556 the message is decoded as normal way.
12558 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
12559 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
12560 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
12562 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
12563 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
12564 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
12566 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
12567 Read and edit incoming mail.
12568 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
12569 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
12570 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
12572 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
12573 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
12574 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
12575 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
12577 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
12579 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
12580 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
12581 All normal editing commands are turned off.
12582 Instead, these commands are available:
12584 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
12585 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
12586 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
12587 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
12588 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
12589 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
12590 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
12591 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
12592 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
12593 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
12594 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
12595 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
12596 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
12597 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
12598 till a deleted message is found.
12599 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
12600 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
12601 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
12602 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
12603 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
12604 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
12605 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
12606 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
12607 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
12608 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
12609 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
12610 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
12611 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
12612 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
12613 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
12614 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
12615 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12616 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12617 (label defaults to last one specified).
12618 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12619 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12620 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12621 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12622 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12623 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12624 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12625 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12626 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12628 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12629 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12631 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12632 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12636 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12637 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12640 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12641 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12646 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12647 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12650 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12651 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12652 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12655 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12656 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12658 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12660 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12661 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12662 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12663 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12664 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12666 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12667 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12668 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12669 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12670 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12674 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12675 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12678 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12679 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12680 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12681 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12685 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12686 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12687 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
12688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12690 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12691 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12692 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12693 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12694 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12695 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12696 a file name as a string.")
12698 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12699 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12700 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12701 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12702 buffer visiting that file.
12703 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12704 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12706 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12707 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12709 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12710 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12712 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
12713 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
12715 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12716 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12718 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12719 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12720 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12721 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12722 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12724 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12725 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12726 will be appended with their original headers.
12728 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12729 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12731 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12732 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12734 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12736 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12737 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12738 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12743 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12744 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12748 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12749 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12750 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12753 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12754 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12756 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12757 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12758 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12760 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12761 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12762 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12764 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12765 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12766 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12768 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12769 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12770 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12772 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12773 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12774 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12775 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12779 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
12780 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
12781 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
12782 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
12783 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12786 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12787 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12789 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12790 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12792 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12793 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12795 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12796 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12797 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12799 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12800 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12801 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12802 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12803 only look in the To and From fields.
12804 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12806 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12807 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12808 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12809 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12810 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12812 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12813 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12814 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12815 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12816 look in the whole message.
12817 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12819 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12820 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12821 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12823 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12824 *Function to decode summary-line.
12826 By default, `identity' is set.")
12828 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
12829 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
12830 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
12831 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
12832 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
12833 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
12834 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
12836 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
12837 sent by you under different user names.
12838 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
12840 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12845 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12848 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12849 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12850 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12851 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12855 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12856 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12857 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12859 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12860 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12861 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12863 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12864 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12868 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12869 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12870 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12871 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12872 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12874 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12875 *This variable is obsolete.")
12877 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12879 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12881 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12882 *This variable is obsolete.")
12884 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12885 *This variable is obsolete.")
12887 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12888 *This variable is obsolete.")
12890 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12891 *This variable is obsolete.")
12893 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12894 *This variable is obsolete.")
12896 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12897 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12902 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12905 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12906 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12907 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12909 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12910 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12911 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12912 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12913 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12914 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12917 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12918 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12919 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12920 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12921 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12923 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12924 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12925 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12928 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12929 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12930 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12931 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12932 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12933 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12938 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12941 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12942 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12943 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12945 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12949 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12953 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12954 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12955 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12956 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12958 Interesting variables:
12960 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12961 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12963 scribe-electric-quote
12964 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12966 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12967 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12968 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12973 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12974 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12975 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12976 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14720 1500))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12979 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12980 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12982 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12984 If `parens', they look like:
12985 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12986 If `angles', they look like:
12987 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12988 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12989 derived from the envelope-from address.
12991 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12992 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12993 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12994 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12996 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
12997 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12998 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13000 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13001 is a privileged operation.")
13003 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13004 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13005 This is done when the message is initialized,
13006 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13008 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13009 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13010 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13012 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13013 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13015 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13016 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13017 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13018 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13020 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13021 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13023 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13024 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13025 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13027 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13028 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13029 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13030 when you first send mail.")
13032 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13033 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13034 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13035 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13036 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13038 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13039 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13040 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13041 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13042 This file need not actually exist.")
13044 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13045 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13046 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13047 If a string, that string is inserted.
13048 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13049 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13050 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13051 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13053 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13054 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13055 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13056 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13057 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13058 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13059 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13060 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13061 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13062 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13063 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13064 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13065 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
13067 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13068 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13069 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13070 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13071 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13072 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13074 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13075 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13076 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13078 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13079 User should not set this variable manually,
13080 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13081 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13082 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13083 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13085 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13086 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13087 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
13088 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
13090 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
13091 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
13094 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
13096 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
13097 to move to message header fields:
13100 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
13101 when the message is initialized.
13103 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
13104 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
13106 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
13109 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
13110 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
13112 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
13113 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
13115 The second through fifth arguments,
13116 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
13117 the initial contents of those header fields.
13118 These arguments should not have final newlines.
13119 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
13120 original message being replied to, or else an action
13121 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
13122 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
13123 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
13124 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
13125 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
13126 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
13128 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
13129 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
13131 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
13132 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
13136 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14688 19453))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
13139 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
13140 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
13141 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
13142 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
13143 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
13144 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
13146 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
13150 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
13151 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
13154 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13155 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
13156 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
13157 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
13160 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
13161 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
13162 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
13164 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
13165 your `.emacs' file.
13167 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
13169 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13170 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
13171 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
13173 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13174 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
13175 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
13176 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
13177 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
13178 which this is based.
13180 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13182 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
13183 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
13184 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
13185 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
13187 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
13188 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
13189 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
13191 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
13192 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
13193 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
13194 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
13196 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
13197 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
13198 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
13199 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
13201 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
13203 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
13204 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
13205 To work around that, do:
13206 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
13208 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
13213 ;;;;;; (14672 61162))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
13216 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
13218 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
13219 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
13220 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
13221 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
13222 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
13223 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
13225 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
13226 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
13227 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
13228 shell-specific features.
13230 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
13231 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
13232 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
13234 \\[sh-case] case statement
13235 \\[sh-for] for loop
13236 \\[sh-function] function definition
13237 \\[sh-if] if statement
13238 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
13239 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
13240 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
13241 \\[sh-select] select loop
13242 \\[sh-until] until loop
13243 \\[sh-while] while loop
13245 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
13246 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
13247 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
13248 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
13249 would indent to the way it currently is.
13250 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
13251 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
13254 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
13255 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
13256 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
13257 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
13258 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
13259 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
13261 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
13263 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
13265 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
13266 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
13267 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
13269 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
13270 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
13272 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
13276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
13277 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
13278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
13280 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
13281 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
13283 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
13284 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
13285 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
13286 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
13289 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
13291 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
13293 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
13294 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
13295 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
13297 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
13298 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
13300 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
13301 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
13302 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
13303 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
13304 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
13305 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
13306 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
13309 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
13310 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
13311 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
13312 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
13313 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
13315 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
13316 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
13317 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
13322 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
13325 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
13326 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
13327 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
13328 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
13331 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
13332 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
13333 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
13335 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
13337 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
13338 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
13339 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
13340 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
13341 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
13342 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
13343 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
13344 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
13345 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
13346 discards input when it starts up.)
13347 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
13348 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
13349 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
13351 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13352 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13353 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13354 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
13355 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13356 `default-process-coding-system'.
13358 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
13359 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
13360 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
13361 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
13363 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13364 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
13372 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
13373 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
13374 \\{simula-mode-map}
13375 Variables controlling indentation style:
13376 simula-tab-always-indent
13377 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
13378 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13379 simula-indent-level
13380 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
13381 simula-substatement-offset
13382 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
13383 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
13384 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
13385 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
13386 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
13387 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
13388 simula-label-offset -4711
13389 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
13390 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
13391 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
13392 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
13393 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
13394 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
13395 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
13396 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
13397 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
13398 simula-electric-indent nil
13399 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
13400 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
13401 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
13402 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
13403 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
13404 or nil if they should not be changed.
13405 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
13406 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
13407 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
13408 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
13410 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
13411 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
13413 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
13414 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
13419 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
13420 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
13421 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
13424 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
13425 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
13427 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
13428 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
13429 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
13430 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
13431 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
13433 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
13434 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13435 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13436 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13437 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13438 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13439 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13441 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13442 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13445 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
13446 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13447 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13448 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13449 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13450 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13451 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13453 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13454 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13457 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
13458 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
13460 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
13461 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
13462 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
13463 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
13465 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
13466 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
13467 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
13468 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
13470 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
13471 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
13472 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
13474 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
13475 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
13477 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
13478 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
13480 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
13481 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
13482 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
13483 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
13484 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
13485 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
13486 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
13487 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
13490 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
13491 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
13492 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
13493 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
13494 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
13495 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
13496 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
13497 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
13499 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
13500 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
13501 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
13502 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
13503 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
13506 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
13507 then: insert previously read string once more
13508 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
13509 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13510 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13512 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13513 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13515 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13516 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13518 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13519 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13520 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13521 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13523 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13524 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13525 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13529 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14716
13531 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13533 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13534 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13535 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
13539 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
13540 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
13541 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
13543 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
13547 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
13548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
13550 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
13551 Play the Snake game.
13552 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
13554 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
13556 snake-mode keybindings:
13558 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
13559 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
13560 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13561 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
13562 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
13563 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
13564 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
13570 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
13571 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
13572 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
13574 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13575 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
13576 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13577 Tab indents for C code.
13578 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13581 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
13582 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
13584 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13585 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
13586 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13587 Tab indents for C code.
13588 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13591 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
13592 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
13596 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
13597 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
13598 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
13599 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
13601 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
13602 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
13604 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
13605 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
13606 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
13608 For example, the form
13610 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
13611 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
13613 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
13615 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
13616 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13618 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13619 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
13620 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
13623 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13625 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
13626 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13628 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13629 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
13630 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
13633 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13635 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13636 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13637 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13640 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13642 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13643 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13644 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13646 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13647 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13651 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13652 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13653 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13661 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13664 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13665 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13666 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13667 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13668 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13669 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13670 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13671 check after each move or undo)
13675 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13676 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13677 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13696 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13697 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13698 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13699 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13701 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13702 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13703 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13706 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13707 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13709 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13725 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13727 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13731 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13732 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13733 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13736 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13737 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13738 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13740 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13741 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13742 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13743 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13746 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13747 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13748 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13751 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13752 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13754 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13755 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13756 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13757 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13760 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13761 It should move point to the end of the record.
13763 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13764 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13765 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13766 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13767 starts at the beginning of the record.
13769 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13770 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13771 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13773 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13774 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13775 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13776 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13777 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13778 the sort order." t nil)
13780 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13781 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13782 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13783 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13784 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13785 the sort order." t nil)
13787 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13788 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13789 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13790 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13791 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13792 the sort order." t nil)
13794 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13795 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13796 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13797 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13798 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13799 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13800 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13801 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13802 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13804 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13805 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13806 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13807 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13808 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13809 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13810 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13811 the sort order." t nil)
13813 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13814 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13815 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13816 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13817 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13818 is to be used for sorting.
13819 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13820 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13821 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13822 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13823 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13825 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13827 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13830 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13831 starting with the letter \"f\",
13832 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13834 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13835 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13836 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13837 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13838 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13839 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13840 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13843 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13844 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13845 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13846 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13847 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13849 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13850 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13851 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13856 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13859 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13861 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13862 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13863 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13864 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13865 supported at a time.
13866 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13867 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13869 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13870 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13871 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13872 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13876 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13877 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13880 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13882 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13883 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13884 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13885 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13886 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13887 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13889 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13890 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13891 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13892 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13895 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13896 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13897 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13898 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13900 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13901 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13909 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13910 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13912 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13913 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13917 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
13918 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
13919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14720 34739))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13922 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13923 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13925 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13926 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13928 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13930 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13932 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13934 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13935 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13936 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13937 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13938 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13939 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13940 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13942 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13944 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13945 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13946 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13947 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13949 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13950 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13951 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13952 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13954 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13955 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13956 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13958 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13959 Major mode to edit SQL.
13961 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13962 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13963 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13966 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13968 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13969 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13970 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13971 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13972 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13973 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13975 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13976 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13978 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
13979 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
13981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
13986 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
13987 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
13988 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
13990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13995 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13998 `default-process-coding-system'.
14000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14002 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14003 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14010 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14013 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14018 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14021 `default-process-coding-system'.
14023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14025 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14026 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14028 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14029 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14032 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14033 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14035 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14036 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14040 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14043 `default-process-coding-system'.
14045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14047 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14048 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14050 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14051 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14058 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14059 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14061 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14062 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14064 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14065 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14066 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14067 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14068 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14069 `default-process-coding-system'.
14071 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14073 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14074 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14081 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14084 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14085 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14089 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14092 `default-process-coding-system'.
14094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14096 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
14097 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
14099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
14104 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14106 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14109 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14110 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14111 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14112 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14113 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14114 `default-process-coding-system'.
14116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14118 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
14119 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
14121 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14122 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14125 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
14126 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
14127 as defaults, if set.
14129 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14132 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14133 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14134 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14135 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14136 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14137 `default-process-coding-system'.
14139 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14141 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
14142 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
14144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
14149 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
14151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14156 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14159 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
14160 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
14161 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
14163 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
14164 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
14166 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14170 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
14171 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
14172 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
14173 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14726 36008))
14174 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
14176 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
14177 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
14179 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
14180 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
14181 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
14182 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
14183 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
14184 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
14186 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
14188 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
14189 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14190 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14191 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
14192 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
14193 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
14194 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14196 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14197 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14198 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14199 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
14200 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
14201 then complete the stroke with button3.
14202 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14204 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
14205 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
14206 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14208 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14209 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14210 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14212 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
14213 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
14215 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
14217 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
14218 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
14220 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
14221 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
14223 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
14225 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
14226 Toggle strokes being enabled.
14227 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
14228 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
14229 mode in all buffers when activated.
14230 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
14233 > M-x global-set-stroke
14235 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
14236 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
14239 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
14240 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
14245 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
14248 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
14249 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
14250 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
14251 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
14252 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
14253 original message but it does require a few things:
14255 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
14257 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
14260 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
14261 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
14264 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
14266 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
14268 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
14269 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
14270 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
14274 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
14277 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
14278 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
14279 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14280 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14281 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14283 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
14284 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
14285 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
14286 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
14287 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14288 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14289 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14293 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
14294 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
14296 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
14297 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
14301 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
14302 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
14304 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
14305 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
14306 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
14307 Letters no longer insert themselves.
14308 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
14309 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
14310 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
14312 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
14313 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
14314 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
14315 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
14317 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
14318 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
14323 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
14326 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
14327 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
14328 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
14329 Tab indents for Tcl code.
14330 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14331 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14333 Variables controlling indentation style:
14335 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
14336 tcl-continued-indent-level
14337 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
14339 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
14340 documentation for details):
14341 tcl-tab-always-indent
14342 Controls action of TAB key.
14344 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
14345 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
14346 tcl-electric-hash-style
14347 Controls action of `#' key.
14348 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
14349 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
14350 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
14351 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
14352 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
14353 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
14355 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
14356 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
14357 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
14361 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
14363 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
14364 Run inferior Tcl process.
14365 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
14366 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
14368 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
14369 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
14370 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
14375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
14376 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14378 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
14379 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
14380 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
14381 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
14382 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
14383 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
14384 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
14385 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
14387 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
14388 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
14389 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
14390 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
14394 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14700
14396 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
14398 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
14399 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
14400 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
14401 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
14402 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
14403 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
14405 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
14406 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
14408 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
14409 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
14413 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14688
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
14417 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
14418 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
14419 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
14420 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
14421 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
14422 program as keyboard input.
14424 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
14425 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
14426 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
14427 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
14429 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
14430 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
14431 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
14432 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
14433 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
14435 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
14437 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
14438 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
14439 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
14440 terminal-redisplay-interval.
14442 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
14443 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
14444 subprocess started." t nil)
14448 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
14451 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
14452 Play the Tetris game.
14453 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
14454 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
14455 as to form complete rows.
14457 tetris-mode keybindings:
14458 \\<tetris-mode-map>
14459 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
14460 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
14461 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14462 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
14463 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
14464 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
14465 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
14466 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
14473 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
14474 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14475 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
14476 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
14477 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
14478 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
14479 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
14482 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
14483 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
14485 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
14486 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
14487 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
14488 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
14489 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
14491 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
14492 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
14493 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
14494 if it matches the first line of the file,
14495 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
14497 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
14498 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
14499 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
14500 if the variable is non-nil.")
14502 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
14503 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
14505 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
14506 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
14507 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
14508 See the documentation of that variable.")
14510 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
14511 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
14512 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
14513 See the documentation of that variable.")
14515 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
14516 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
14517 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
14518 See the documentation of that variable.")
14520 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
14521 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
14522 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
14523 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
14525 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
14526 *User defined LaTeX block names.
14527 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
14529 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
14530 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
14531 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14532 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
14534 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
14535 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14536 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14537 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
14539 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
14540 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
14541 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14542 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
14544 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
14545 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
14548 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14549 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
14551 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
14554 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
14555 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
14556 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14557 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
14559 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
14560 window system being used. For example,
14562 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
14563 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
14565 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
14568 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
14569 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
14570 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
14572 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
14573 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
14574 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
14575 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
14576 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
14578 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
14579 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
14581 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
14582 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
14584 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14585 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
14586 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
14587 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
14588 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
14589 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
14590 says which mode to use." t nil)
14592 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
14594 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
14596 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
14598 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14599 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
14600 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14601 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14602 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14604 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
14605 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
14606 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14607 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14608 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14609 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14610 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14612 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14613 mismatched $'s or braces.
14620 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14622 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
14623 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14624 tex-dvi-print-command
14625 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14626 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14627 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14628 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14629 tex-dvi-view-command
14630 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14631 tex-show-queue-command
14632 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14633 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14635 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14636 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
14637 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14639 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14640 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
14641 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14642 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14643 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14645 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14646 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14647 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14648 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14649 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14650 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14651 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14653 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14654 mismatched $'s or braces.
14661 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14663 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
14664 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14665 tex-dvi-print-command
14666 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14667 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14668 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14669 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14670 tex-dvi-view-command
14671 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14672 tex-show-queue-command
14673 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14674 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14676 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
14677 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
14678 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14680 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14681 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
14682 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14683 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14684 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14686 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14687 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14688 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14689 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14690 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14691 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14692 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14694 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14695 mismatched $'s or braces.
14702 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14704 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
14705 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14706 tex-dvi-print-command
14707 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14708 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14709 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14710 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14711 tex-dvi-view-command
14712 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14713 tex-show-queue-command
14714 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14715 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14717 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14718 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
14719 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
14720 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14722 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
14726 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
14727 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
14730 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
14731 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
14732 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14733 name specified in the @setfilename command.
14735 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
14736 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
14737 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
14739 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
14740 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
14741 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
14742 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
14743 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
14745 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
14746 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
14747 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14748 names specified in the @setfilename command.
14750 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
14751 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
14752 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
14753 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
14755 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
14756 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
14761 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
14764 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
14765 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
14767 It has these extra commands:
14768 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
14770 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
14771 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
14772 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
14773 modified version of TeX input format.
14775 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
14776 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
14777 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
14778 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
14780 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
14781 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
14782 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
14783 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
14784 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
14785 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
14786 in the Texinfo file.
14788 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
14789 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
14790 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
14791 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14792 move forward past the closing brace.
14794 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14795 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14797 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14798 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14799 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14801 Here are the functions:
14803 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14804 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14805 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14807 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14808 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14809 texinfo-master-menu
14811 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14813 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14814 which menu descriptions are indented.
14816 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14817 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14820 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14821 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14822 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14823 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14825 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14826 be the first node in the file.
14828 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
14829 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
14833 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14834 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14835 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14838 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14839 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14840 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14842 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14845 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14846 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14847 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14849 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14850 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14851 texinfo-master-menu ()
14853 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14855 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14856 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14858 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14859 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14861 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14862 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14864 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14865 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14866 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14867 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14869 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14870 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14873 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14874 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14875 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14876 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14880 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14881 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
14882 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14885 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14886 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14887 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14888 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14890 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14891 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14893 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14894 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14896 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14898 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14899 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14900 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14901 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14904 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14908 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14909 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14910 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14660 49377))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14913 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14914 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14916 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14917 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14918 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14919 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14920 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14922 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14923 a symbol as a valid THING.
14925 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14926 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14928 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14929 Return the THING at point.
14930 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14931 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14932 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14934 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14935 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14937 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14939 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14941 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14943 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14948 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14949 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
14950 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
14951 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
14953 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14955 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14956 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14957 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14959 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14960 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14962 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14963 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14964 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14966 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14967 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14969 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14970 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14972 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14973 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
14974 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
14975 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
14977 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14978 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
14979 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
14980 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
14982 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14984 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14985 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14986 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14988 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14989 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14990 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14992 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14994 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14999 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
15000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15002 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15003 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15004 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15005 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15007 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15009 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15010 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15011 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15012 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15014 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
15019 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14667 40846))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15022 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15023 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15025 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15027 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15029 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15031 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15032 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15034 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15035 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15036 This display updates automatically every minute.
15037 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15038 are displayed as well.
15039 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15041 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15042 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15043 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15045 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15046 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15047 are displayed as well.
15048 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15052 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15053 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15056 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15057 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15058 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15059 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15060 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15061 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15062 look like one of the following:
15065 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15066 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15067 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15068 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15069 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15070 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15073 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
15074 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
15075 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15079 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
15080 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
15081 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14717 22266))
15082 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
15084 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
15086 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
15087 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
15089 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
15090 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
15092 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
15093 Perform an action at time TIME.
15094 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15095 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
15096 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
15097 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
15098 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
15099 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15101 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15103 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
15104 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
15105 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15106 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
15107 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15109 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15111 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
15112 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
15113 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
15114 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
15116 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
15117 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
15118 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15119 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
15121 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
15122 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
15124 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15125 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
15127 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
15128 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
15129 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
15130 The call should look like:
15131 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
15132 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
15133 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
15134 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
15135 be detected." nil (quote macro))
15139 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
15140 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
15141 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
15143 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15144 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
15145 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
15146 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
15148 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15149 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
15150 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
15151 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
15152 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
15153 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
15154 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
15158 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
15159 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672))
15160 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
15161 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
15162 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
15163 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
15165 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
15166 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15167 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
15168 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
15169 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
15171 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
15172 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15173 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
15174 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
15175 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
15177 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
15178 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
15179 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
15180 in the menu in two ways:
15181 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
15182 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
15183 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
15185 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
15186 keymap or an alist of alists.
15187 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
15188 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
15192 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
15193 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
15194 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
15196 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15197 List top priorities for each category.
15199 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15200 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
15202 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
15203 between each category." t nil)
15205 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15206 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
15208 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15209 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
15211 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
15212 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
15213 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
15214 between each category.
15216 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
15220 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
15221 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
15224 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
15225 Mode for tooltip display.
15226 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
15228 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
15229 Toggle tooltip-mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
15233 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15235 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
15239 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
15241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
15243 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
15245 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
15247 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
15248 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
15252 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
15253 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
15256 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
15257 Set scroll margins." t nil)
15259 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
15260 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
15262 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
15263 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
15267 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
15268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
15270 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
15271 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
15272 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
15273 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
15274 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
15279 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
15280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
15282 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
15283 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
15285 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
15286 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
15287 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
15288 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
15289 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
15290 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
15291 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
15292 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
15294 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
15295 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
15296 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
15297 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
15298 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
15299 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
15300 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
15304 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
15305 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
15307 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
15308 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
15309 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
15311 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
15312 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
15313 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
15314 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
15315 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
15316 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
15317 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
15319 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
15320 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
15321 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
15322 accepting the proposed default buffer.
15324 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
15326 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
15327 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
15328 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
15329 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
15330 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
15331 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
15332 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
15334 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
15335 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
15337 First column's text sSs Second column's text
15340 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
15342 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
15347 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
15348 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
15349 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 1568))
15350 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
15352 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
15353 Toggle typing break mode.
15354 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
15355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15356 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
15358 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15360 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
15362 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
15363 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
15365 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
15366 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
15368 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
15369 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
15370 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
15372 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
15373 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
15375 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
15376 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
15377 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
15379 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
15380 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
15381 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
15382 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
15383 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
15384 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
15386 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
15387 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
15388 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
15389 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
15391 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
15392 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
15394 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
15395 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
15397 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
15398 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
15399 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
15401 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
15402 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
15403 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
15404 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
15405 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
15406 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
15407 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
15409 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
15410 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
15412 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
15413 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
15414 reset the keystroke counter.
15416 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
15417 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
15418 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
15419 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
15421 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
15422 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
15423 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
15424 `type-break-schedule' command.
15426 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
15427 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
15428 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
15429 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
15430 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
15431 or not to continue.
15433 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
15434 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
15435 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
15436 approximate good values for this.
15438 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
15439 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
15441 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
15442 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
15443 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
15444 `type-break-warning-repeat'
15445 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
15446 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
15448 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
15449 a typing break occur. They include:
15451 `type-break-query-mode'
15452 `type-break-query-function'
15453 `type-break-query-interval'
15455 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
15457 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
15458 Take a typing break.
15460 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
15461 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
15463 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
15464 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
15466 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
15467 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
15468 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
15469 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
15471 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
15472 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
15474 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
15475 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
15476 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
15477 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
15478 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
15479 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
15480 average typing speed.)
15482 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
15483 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
15484 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
15485 the computed maximum threshold.
15487 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
15488 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
15489 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
15490 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
15491 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
15495 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
15496 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
15497 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
15499 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
15500 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
15501 Works by overstriking underscores.
15502 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
15503 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
15505 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
15506 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
15507 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
15508 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
15513 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
15516 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
15517 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
15518 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
15520 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
15521 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
15522 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
15523 following the containing message." t nil)
15527 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
15528 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
15529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
15531 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
15532 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
15533 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
15534 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
15535 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
15536 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
15538 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
15539 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
15544 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
15547 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
15548 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
15549 This function has a choice of three things to do:
15550 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
15551 to refrain from editing the file
15552 return t (grab the lock on the file)
15553 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
15554 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
15555 in any way you like." nil nil)
15557 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
15558 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
15559 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
15560 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
15561 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
15563 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
15564 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
15568 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
15569 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
15570 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
15571 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
15572 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
15573 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
15577 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
15578 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
15581 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
15582 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
15585 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
15586 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
15588 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
15589 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
15590 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
15591 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
15592 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
15593 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
15595 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
15596 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
15597 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
15598 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
15600 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
15601 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
15602 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
15603 it will operate on the file in the current line.
15604 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
15605 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
15606 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
15607 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
15608 lock steals will raise an error.
15609 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
15611 For RCS and SCCS files:
15612 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
15614 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
15615 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
15616 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
15617 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
15618 it performs a revert.
15619 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
15620 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
15621 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
15622 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
15623 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
15624 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
15625 the option to steal the lock.
15628 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
15629 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
15630 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
15631 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
15632 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
15633 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
15634 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
15635 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
15636 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
15638 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
15639 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
15641 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
15642 Display diffs between file versions.
15643 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
15644 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
15645 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
15646 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
15648 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
15649 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
15650 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
15651 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
15653 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
15654 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
15655 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
15656 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
15660 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
15661 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
15662 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
15664 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
15666 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
15667 Make a snapshot called NAME.
15668 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
15669 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
15670 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
15672 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
15673 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
15674 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
15675 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
15676 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
15677 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
15678 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
15680 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
15681 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
15683 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
15684 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
15685 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
15686 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
15687 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
15688 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
15691 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
15692 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
15694 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
15695 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
15697 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
15698 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
15699 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
15700 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
15701 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
15703 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
15705 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
15706 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
15707 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
15709 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
15710 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
15711 default directory." t nil)
15713 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
15714 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
15715 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
15716 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
15718 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
15719 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
15720 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
15721 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
15725 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
15726 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
15729 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
15730 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
15735 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
15736 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
15737 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
15738 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
15739 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
15740 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
15741 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
15742 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
15743 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
15744 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
15745 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15746 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
15747 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
15748 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
15749 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
15750 The following abbreviations can also be used:
15751 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
15752 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
15753 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15755 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
15756 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
15757 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
15759 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
15760 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
15761 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
15762 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
15763 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
15764 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
15765 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
15766 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
15767 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
15769 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
15770 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
15771 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
15772 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
15773 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
15774 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
15775 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
15776 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
15778 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
15779 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
15780 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
15783 `--' puts a single comment.
15784 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
15785 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
15786 comment in between.
15787 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
15789 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
15790 uncomments a region if already commented out.
15792 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
15793 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
15794 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
15795 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
15796 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
15797 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
15798 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
15799 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
15800 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
15801 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
15802 multi-line comments.
15804 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
15805 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
15806 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
15807 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
15808 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
15809 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
15810 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
15811 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
15812 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
15814 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
15815 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
15816 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
15817 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
15818 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
15819 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
15820 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
15821 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
15822 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15823 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15825 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15826 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15827 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15828 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15829 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15830 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15831 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15832 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15833 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15834 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15835 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15836 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15837 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15839 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15841 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15844 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15846 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15847 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15848 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15849 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15850 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15852 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15853 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15854 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15855 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15856 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15857 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15858 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15859 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15860 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15862 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15863 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15864 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15865 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15868 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15869 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15870 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15871 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15872 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15873 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15875 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15876 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15877 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15878 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15879 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15880 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15881 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15882 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15883 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15884 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15885 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15887 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15888 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15891 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15892 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15893 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15894 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15895 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15896 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15897 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15898 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15900 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15901 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15902 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15903 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15904 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15905 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15907 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15908 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15909 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15910 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15911 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15913 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15914 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15915 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15916 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15917 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15919 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15920 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15921 highlighted if written in lower case.
15923 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15924 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15927 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15928 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15929 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15931 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15932 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15933 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15935 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15936 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15937 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15939 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15940 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15941 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15942 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15943 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15944 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15945 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15947 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15948 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15949 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15950 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15951 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15953 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15954 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15955 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15956 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15959 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15965 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15966 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15968 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15970 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15971 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15972 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15973 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15975 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15976 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15977 version and release notes can be found.
15980 Bugs and Limitations:
15981 ---------------------
15983 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15984 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15985 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15986 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15987 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15988 does not work under XEmacs.
15991 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15992 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15997 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
16002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
16004 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
16005 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
16006 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
16007 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
16009 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
16010 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
16011 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
16012 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
16013 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
16015 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
16016 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
16018 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
16020 * Limitations and unsupported features
16021 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
16023 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
16024 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
16027 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
16028 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
16029 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
16030 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
16031 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
16032 for undoing a repeated change command.
16033 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
16034 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
16035 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
16038 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
16039 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
16040 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
16041 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
16042 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
16043 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
16044 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
16045 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
16047 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
16052 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
16053 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
16054 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
16055 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
16057 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
16058 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
16060 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16061 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
16062 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16063 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16065 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16066 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
16068 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16069 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
16070 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16071 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16073 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16074 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
16076 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16078 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
16083 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
16084 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
16086 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
16088 (defvar view-mode nil "\
16089 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
16090 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
16091 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
16093 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
16095 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
16096 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16097 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16098 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16099 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16100 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16101 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16103 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16105 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
16106 View FILE in View mode in another window.
16107 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
16108 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16109 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16110 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16111 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16112 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16114 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16116 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
16117 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
16118 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
16119 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16120 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16121 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16122 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16123 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16125 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16127 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
16128 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16129 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16130 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16131 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16132 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16133 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16135 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16137 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16138 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16139 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16141 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
16142 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
16143 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16144 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16145 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16146 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16147 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16148 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16150 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16152 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16153 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16154 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16156 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
16157 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
16158 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16159 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16160 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16161 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16162 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16163 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16165 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16167 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16168 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16169 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16171 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
16172 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
16173 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
16175 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
16176 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
16177 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
16180 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
16181 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
16182 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
16183 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
16184 commands default to a repeat count of one.
16186 H, h, ? This message.
16187 Digits provide prefix arguments.
16188 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
16189 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
16190 > move to the end of buffer.
16191 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
16192 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
16193 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
16194 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
16195 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
16196 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
16197 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
16198 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
16199 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
16200 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
16201 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
16202 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
16203 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
16204 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
16205 Use this to view a changing file.
16206 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
16207 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
16208 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
16210 x exchanges point and mark.
16211 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
16212 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
16213 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
16214 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
16215 ' go to position saved in character register.
16216 s do forward incremental search.
16217 r do reverse incremental search.
16218 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
16219 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
16220 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
16221 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
16222 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
16223 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
16224 p searches backward for last regular expression.
16225 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
16226 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
16227 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
16228 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
16229 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
16230 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
16231 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
16232 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
16234 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
16235 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
16236 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
16237 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
16238 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
16239 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
16240 will return to that buffer.
16242 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16244 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
16245 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
16246 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
16247 `view-return-to-alist'.
16248 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
16249 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
16250 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
16252 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
16253 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
16254 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
16255 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
16256 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
16258 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
16259 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
16260 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
16261 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
16263 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16265 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
16267 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
16268 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
16272 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
16275 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
16276 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
16280 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
16281 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
16284 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
16285 Toggle Viper on/off.
16286 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
16288 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
16289 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
16293 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
16294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
16296 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
16297 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
16299 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
16302 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
16303 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
16308 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
16309 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
16311 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
16312 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
16313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16314 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
16316 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
16318 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
16320 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
16322 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
16323 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
16324 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
16325 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
16327 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
16328 and off otherwise." t nil)
16332 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
16333 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
16334 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
16335 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
16337 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
16338 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
16340 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
16341 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
16342 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
16343 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
16344 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
16346 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
16348 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
16349 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
16351 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
16352 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
16354 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
16355 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
16357 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
16358 whitespace problems." t nil)
16360 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
16361 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
16363 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
16364 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
16366 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
16367 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
16369 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
16370 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
16371 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
16372 replaced with TABS).
16373 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
16374 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
16376 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
16378 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
16379 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
16381 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
16382 i - Indentation whitespace.
16383 l - Leading whitespace.
16384 s - Space followed by Tab.
16385 t - Trailing whitespace.
16387 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
16390 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
16391 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
16392 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
16393 always they default to 8.)
16395 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
16396 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
16399 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
16400 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
16401 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
16402 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
16403 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
16404 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
16405 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
16408 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
16411 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
16412 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
16413 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
16418 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
16421 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
16422 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
16424 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
16425 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
16427 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
16428 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
16430 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
16431 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
16432 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
16437 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14726 36008))
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
16440 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
16441 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
16442 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
16444 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
16445 Create widget of TYPE.
16446 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
16448 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
16449 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
16454 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
16458 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
16459 Select the window to the left of the current one.
16460 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
16461 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
16462 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
16463 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
16464 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
16466 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
16467 Select the window above the current one.
16468 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
16469 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
16470 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
16471 negative ARG) of the current window.
16472 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
16474 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
16475 Select the window to the right of the current one.
16476 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
16477 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
16478 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
16479 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
16480 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
16482 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
16483 Select the window below the current one.
16484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
16485 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
16486 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
16487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
16488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
16490 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
16491 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
16495 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
16496 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
16499 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
16500 Toggle winner-mode.
16501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16502 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
16504 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16506 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
16508 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
16509 Toggle Winner mode.
16510 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
16515 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14689 44350))
16516 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
16518 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
16519 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
16520 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
16521 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
16522 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
16523 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
16524 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
16525 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
16527 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
16528 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
16530 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
16531 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
16533 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
16534 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
16535 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
16536 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
16537 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
16538 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
16539 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
16540 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
16545 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
16546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
16548 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
16549 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
16552 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
16553 are not implemented
16554 - Options for search and replace
16555 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
16556 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
16558 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
16561 The key bindings are:
16571 C-i indent-for-tab-command
16573 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
16574 C-l ws-repeat-search
16577 C-r scroll-down-line
16584 C-y kill-complete-line
16587 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
16588 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
16589 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
16590 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
16591 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
16592 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
16593 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
16594 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
16595 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
16596 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
16597 C-k b ws-begin-block
16598 C-k c ws-copy-block
16599 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
16601 C-k h ws-show-markers
16602 C-k i ws-indent-block
16604 C-k p ws-print-block
16607 C-k s save-some-buffers
16609 C-k u ws-exdent-block
16610 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
16611 C-k v ws-move-block
16612 C-k w ws-write-block
16614 C-k y ws-delete-block
16616 C-o c wordstar-center-line
16617 C-o b switch-to-buffer
16618 C-o j justify-current-line
16621 C-o m auto-fill-mode
16622 C-o r set-fill-column
16623 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
16624 C-o wd delete-other-windows
16625 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
16626 C-o wo other-window
16627 C-o wv split-window-vertically
16629 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
16630 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
16631 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
16632 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
16633 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
16634 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
16635 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
16636 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
16637 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
16638 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
16639 C-q a ws-query-replace
16640 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
16641 C-q c end-of-buffer
16644 C-q k ws-to-block-end
16646 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
16647 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
16648 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
16649 C-q w ws-last-error
16651 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
16660 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
16661 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
16662 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
16664 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
16668 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
16669 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
16672 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
16673 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
16675 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
16676 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
16678 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
16679 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
16680 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
16682 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
16683 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14728 34415))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
16690 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
16691 Zone out, completely." t nil)
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
16696 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
16699 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
16700 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
16702 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
16703 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
16705 Zone-mode does two things:
16707 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
16708 when saving the file
16710 - fontification" t nil)
16714 ;;; Local Variables:
16715 ;;; version-control: never
16716 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
16717 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
16719 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here